You are on page 1of 240

FEASIBILITY ASSESSMENT OF A

HYDROPOWER PLANT: A CASE STUDY IN


LOWER MARDI RIVER, NEPAL

A Final Project Report submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements of


Pokhara University for the degree of the Bachelor of Engineering

Advisor
Dr.Binaya Kumar Mishra
Er. Shankar Lamichhane

By
Mukti Budathoki (2015-1-04-0240)
Prakash Khanal (2015-1-04-0247)
Sagar KC (2015-1-04-0257)
Samir Lamichhane (2015-1-04-0261)
Sandeep Kshetri (2015-1-04-0262)
Seema KC (2015-1-04-0265)
Sudip Koirala (2015-1-04-0271)

School of Engineering
Faculty of Science and Technology
Pokhara University
Date: 2076/08/04
FEASIBILITY ASSESSMENT OF A
HYDROPOWER PLANT: A CASE STUDY IN
LOWER MARDI RIVER, NEPAL

A Final Project Report submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements of


Pokhara University for the degree of the Bachelor of Engineering

Advisor
Dr.Binaya Kumar Mishra
Er. Shankar Lamichhane

By
Mukti Budhathoki (2015-1-04-0240)
Prakash Khanal (2015-1-04-0247)
Sagar KC (2015-1-04-0257)
Samir Lamichhane (2015-1-04-0261)
Sandeep Kshetri (2015-1-04-0262)
Seema KC (2015-1-04-0265)
Sudip Koirala (2015-1-04-0271)

School of Engineering
Faculty of Science and Technology
Pokhara University
Date: 2076/08/04
BONAFIDE CERTIFICATE

It is certified that this project titled “FEASIBILITY ASSESSMENT OF A HYDROPOWER


PLANT: A CASE STUDY IN LOWER MARDI RIVER, NEPAL ” is the bonafide work of
Mr.Mukti Budathoki, Mr.Prakash Khanal, Mr.Sagar KC, Mr.Samir Lamichhane,
Mr.Sandeep Kshetri, Miss Seema KC and Mr. Sudip Koirala, who carried out the project
work under our supervision. It is further certified that to the best of my knowledge the work
reported here in doesn’t form part of any other thesis or dissertation or project on the basis of
which a degree or award was conferred on an earlier occasion on this or any other candidate.

Dr./Er.______________________ Er.________________
External Examiners Supervisor
Affiliation Designation
Addresses Affiliation
Dr./Er.__________________
Head of Department
Affiliation
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

We would like to express our deep sense of gratitude to Professor/ Assoc. Professor/ Assistant
Professor Dr.Binaya Kumar Mishra and Er. Shankar Lamichhane of School Engineering,
Faculty of Science and Technology Pokhara University Lekhnath Kaski for their continuous
guidance and encouragement. It would have been impossible to accomplish this project without
his/her valuable suggestion.

We would like to express deepest thanks to Dean Er. Buddhi Raj Joshi, Director Er. Arjun
Gautam and project co-ordinator Er. Rajendra Aryal of School of Engineering for their valuable
suggestions and co-operation at different stages during this project period.

We are indebted to the Department of Civil Engineering, School of Engineering, Pokhara


University and the staffs for providing helping hands and favourable working environment
during this project work.
We are very grateful towards the local community of Rivan, Machhapuchhre VDC, who kindly
co-operated with us during our site visit and survey time.
Co-operation and advices given by all individual and institution, which directly or indirectly
helped us for carrying our project work and preparing this report, are highly acknowledged.

Mukti Budhathoki (2015-1-04-0240)


Prakash Khanal (2015-1-04-0247)
Sagar KC (2015-1-04-0257)
Samir Lamichhane(2015-1-04-0261)
Sandeep Kshetri (2015-1-04-0262)
Seema KC (2015-1-04-0265)
Sudip Koirala (2015-1-04-0271)

Page | i
ABSTRACT
The report’s main focus is on the study of Lower Mardi River Hydropower project for its
feasibility analysis; the works included in this report are hydrological study, survey, development
of contour maps of the site. The Mardi River is located in the Kaski district with catchment of
97.2 km2 at the point where preliminary location of head works is fixed. Lower Mardi River
hydropower project has installed capacity of 2.61MW.

Additionally, the flood analysis of river has been carried out with different methods so as to
make the proposed weir capable of passing the flood discharge without any structural damage to
the components of the hydropower. The flood discharge of approximately for a return period of
100 years has been calculated from Modified Dicken’s method. This report also includes the
result of the survey works carried out in the project site. The survey data has been represented as
the topographic map of the area of dam, power house and the probable alignment route of canal
and penstock. On the second part of the project, design of components like: weir, headrace canal,
sand trap, connecting channel, forebay, penstock, spillway, anchor blocks, turbine, powerhouse
and tailrace.

Weir was designed as Tyrolean weir with height of weir 5.5 m. The connecting canal of
100mlong supplies water to sand trap. Sand trap was of dimension179*5.7*6.9m .The sand trap
and forebay were connected with canal of width 4m and 800m long. Spillway was designed in
forebay and sand trap to discharge the excess of water. The forebay was 62.5 in length and 8.5m
in depth. Then finally penstock was 200m long with diameter of 2.10m.

The total cost of project was found to be NRs574.78 million, IRR 13.4 , B/C ratio 1.13 and
payback period 8.24 years.

Page | ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT i
ABSTRACT ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS iii
LIST OF FIGURE viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
LIST OF ABBREVATIONS x
LIST OF SYMBOLS xi
SAILENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT xii
1. Introduction
1.1 General……………………………………………………………. 1
1.2 Study Objectives………………………………………………….. 1
1.3 Scope of works……………………………………………………. 1
1.4 Study Execution………………………………………………....... 2
1.5 The present report………………………………………………… 2
2. Description of the Project Area
2.1 Project location…………………………………………………… 4
2.2 Physical features………………………………………………….. 5
2.3 Accessibility………………………………………………………. 5
3. Literature Review
3.1 Background……………………………………………………….. 6
3.1.1 Power situation in Nepal………………………………………. 6
3.1.2 Domestic power demand and supply………………………….. 6
3.1.3 Load forecast…………………………………………………... 7
3.1.4 Energy Consumption pattern of Nepal………………………… 7
3.1.5 Development of the grid system and power transmission…….. 8
3.1.6 Power Distribution plan……………………………………….. 8
3.1.7 Legal provision to invest in hydropower sector in Nepal……... 8
3.2 Components of hydropower plants……………………………….. 10
3.2.1Weir and under sluice structures……………………………….. 10
3.2.1.1 General…………………………………………………….. 10
3.2.1.2 Design consideration of diversion weir…………………… 11
3.2.1.3 Elevation of weir crest…………………………………….. 11
3.2.1.4 Length of weir and under sluice…………………………… 11
3.2.1.5 Shape of the spillway……………………………………… 12
3.2.1.6 Forces acting on weir……………………………………… 12
3.2.1.7 Modes of failure and criteria for structural stability of weir. 13
3.2.1.8 Protection work for weir structure………………………… 13
3.2.2 Intake Structure………………………………………………… 14
3.2.2.1 General…………………………………………………….. 14
3.2.2.2 Design consideration of intake structures…………………. 14
3.2.2.3 Protection works…………………………………………... 15
3.2.23Gravel trap…………………………………………………….. 15
3.2.3.1General……………………………………………………... 15

iii
3.2.3.2 Design consideration………………………………………. 15
3.2.3.3 Protection works………………………………………….... 15
3.2.4 Settling Basin………………………………………………….. 15
3.2.4.1 General……………………………………………………. 15
3.2.4.2 Design Consideration……………………………………... 16
3.2.4.3 Protection works………………………………………….. 16
3.2.5 Headrace canal…………………………………………………. 16
3.2.5.1 General…………………………………………………….. 16
3.2.5.2 Design Consideration……………………………………… 16
3.2.5.3 Protection works…………………………………………... 17
3.2.6 Forebay………………………………………………………… 17
3.2.6.1 General…………………………………………………….. 17
3.2.6.2 Design consideration………………………………………. 17
3.2.6.3 Optimisation……………………………………………….. 17
3.2.6.4 Protection work……………………………………………. 18
3.2.7 Penstock……………………………………………………….. 18
3.2.7.1 General…………………………………………………….. 18
3.2.7.2 Design consideration………………………………………. 19
3.2.7.3 Protection works…………………………………………... 19
3.2.8 Anchor block…………………………………………………... 19
3.2.9 Powerhouse……………………………………………………. 19
3.2.9.1 General…………………………………………………….. 19
3.2.9.2 Powerhouse size…………………………………………… 19
3.2.9.3 Height of powerhouse……………………………………... 19
3.2.10 Tailrace……………………………………………………….. 20
3.2.10.1 General…………………………………………………… 20
3.2.10.2 Design Criteria…………………………………………… 20
3.2.11 Electromechanical Units……………………………………... 20
3.2.11.1 General…………………………………………………… 20
3.2.11.2 Turbine…………………………………………………… 20
3.2.11.3 Generator…………………………………………………. 21
3.2.11.4 Exciters…………………………………………………… 21
3.2.11.5 Ventilation cooling……………………………………….. 21
3.2.11.6 Transformers……………………………………………... 21
3.2.11.7 Control room equipment…………………………………. 22
3.2.11.8 Switch gear……………………………………………….. 22
3.2.12 Transmission lines……………………………………………. 22
3.2.12.1 General…………………………………………………… 22
3.2.12.2 Design aspect of transmission line……………………….. 23
4. Field Survey and Investigation
4.1 Topographical Survey…………………………………………….. 24
4.1.1 Available information and maps………………………………. 24
4.1.2 Surveying……………………………………………………… 24
4.1.3 Mapping……………………………………………………….. 25
4.1.4 Hydrological Investigations…………………………………… 26
4.1.5 Collection of available hydrological and metrological data…... 26
4.2 Sediment investigation……………………………………………. 26
4.3 Transmission line Survey…………………………………………. 27
5. Hydrology
5.1 Hydrological study………………………………………………... 28

iv
5.1.1 Catchments Characteristics……………………………………. 28
5.1.2 Hydrometric Techniques………………………………………. 31
5.1.3 Long term stream flow analysis……………………………….. 31
5.1.3.1 Medium Irrigation Project method………………………… 31
5.1.3.2 Flow duration curve……………………………………….. 32
5.1.4 Regional flood frequency analysis…………………………….. 33
5.1.4.1 WECS Formula……………………………………………. 33
5.1.4.2 Modified Dickens Formula………………………………... 34
6. Alternative Layouts and Recommended Project Layout
6.1 Study of possible alternative layout………………………………. 36
6.2 Presentation of recommended layout……………………………... 37
7. Plant Optimization Study
7.1 General……………………………………………………………. 38
7.2 Assumptions………………………………………………………. 38
7.3 Approach and methodology………………………………………. 38
7.4 Economic Analysis……………………………………………….. 39
7.5Recommendation of installed capacity for feasibility design……... 41
8. Project Description and Design
8.1 Basis of design……………………………………………………. 42
8.2 General arrangement of project components……………………... 43
8.3 Design criteria…………………………………………………….. 44
8.3.1 Hydraulic and functional criteria……………………………… 44
8.3.2 Stability and structural criteria………………………………… 44
8.4 Description of project components……………………………….. 45
8.4.1 Head works…………………………………………………… 45
8.4.1.1 Tyrolean Weir……………………………………………... 45
8.4.1.2 Connecting Channel……………………………………….. 46
8.4.1.3 Sand trap…………………………………………………... 46
8.4.1.4 Headrace canal…………………………………………….. 46
8.4.1.5 Forebay…………………………………………………….. 47
8.4.1.6 Penstock pipe……………………………………………… 47
8.4.2 Powerhouse complex………………………………………….. 48
8.4.2.1 Powerhouse………………………………………………... 48
8.4.2.2 Tailrace…………………………………………………….. 49
8.4.2.3 Switchyard………………………………………………… 49
8.5 Access Road………………………………………………………. 49
8.6 Generating Equipment……………………………………………. 49
8.6.1 General………………………………………………………… 49
8.6.2 Mechanical Equipment………………………………………... 50
8.6.2.1 Inlet Valves………………………………………………... 50
8.6.2.2 Turbines…………………………………………………… 50
8.6.3 Hydraulic Steel Structures…………………………………….. 55
8.6.3.1 General…………………………………………………….. 55
8.6.3.2 Gates……………………………………………………….. 55
8.6.3.3 Stop logs…………………………………………………… 56
8.6.3.4 Intake Trashrack…………………………………………… 56
8.6.4 Powerhouse electrical equipment……………………………… 56
8.6.4.1.Generators and Ancillaries………………………………... 56
8.6.4.2 Excitation System…………………………………………. 57
8.6.4.3 Protection System…………………………………………. 58

v
9. Power and Energy
9.1 General……………………………………………………………. 59
9.2 Reference Hydrology……………………………………………... 60
9.3 Input parameters and assumptions………………………………... 60
9.4 Rated Efficiencies………………………………………………… 60
9.5 Calculation of power and energy…………………………………. 60
10. Construction Planning
10.1 General………………………………………………………...... 63
10.2 Access Road…………………………………………………….. 63
10.3 Camping facilities………………………………………………. 64
10.3.1 Water Supply………………………………………………… 64
10.3.2 Communication……………………………………………… 64
10.3.3 Camp Electrification………………………………………… 64
10.4 Contract Package……………………………………………….. 64
10.5 Implementation Schedule………………………………………. 65
11. Initial Environment Examination
11.1 Project Description……………………………………………… 69
11.2 Study Methodology……………………………………………... 69
11.3 Existing environmental acts, rules, policies, guidelines and 69
conventions…………………………………………………………….
11.4 Existing Environmental Condition……………………………… 69
11.4.1 Physical Environment……………………………………….. 69
11.4.2 Biological Environment……………………………………... 70
11.4.3 Socio-economic and cultural environment…………………... 70
11.5 Impact Assessment……………………………………………… 70
11.5.1 Physical Impacts……………………………………………... 70
11.5.2 Biological Environment……………………………………... 70
11.5.3 Socio-Economic and cultural environment………………….. 71
11.6 Alternative Analysis……………………………………………... 71
11.7 Mitigation and Enhancement……………………………………. 71
11.7.1 Physical Environment……………………………………….. 71
11.7.2 Biological Environment……………………………………... 71
11.7.3 Socio-economic and cultural environment………………….. 72
11.8 Environment monitoring………………………………………… 72
11.9 Conclusion………………………………………………………. 72
12. Cost Estimate
12.1 General…………………………………………………………... 73
12.2 Criteria and assumptions………………………………………… 73
12.3 Estimating methodology………………………………………… 73
12.3.1 Land acquisition, camp and construction power facilities…... 74
12.3.2 Civil Works………………………………………………….. 74
12.3.2.1 Indirect cost………………………………………………. 75
12.3.2.2 Resource cost……………………………………………... 75
12.3.2.3 Electrical and mechanical equipment…………………….. 76
12.3.2.4 Switch yard and transmission line………………………... 76
12.3.2.5 Physical contingencies…………………………………… 77
12.3.2.6 Environmental mitigation and management cost………… 77
12.3.2.7 Engineering, management and administrative costs……... 77
12.3.2.8 Owner’s cost……………………………………………… 77
12.3.2.9 Insurance of works……………………………………….. 77

vi
12.3.2.10 Capital cost……………………………………………… 77
13. Project Evaluation
13.1 Economic Analysis………………………………………………. 78
13.2 Financial Analysis……………………………………………….. 78
13.3 Sensitivity Analysis……………………………………………… 79
14. Conclusions and Recommendation
14.1 Conclusion……………………………………………………….. 80
14.2 Recommendation………………………………………………… 81

Appendix A (Hydraulic Design)


Appendix B (Design Drawings)
Appendix C (Cost Estimation)
Appendix D ( Photo Gallery)

References

vii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure no. Title Page no.

2.1 Map of Nepal and Kaski with project location 4


5.1 Location of basin and meteorological stations in 29
the vicinity
5.2 The digitally delineated lower Mardi River Basin 30
5.3 Flow duration curve 32
7.1 Graph showing IRR VS design discharge 41
7.2 Graph showing NPV(B-C) VS design discharge 41
8.1 Turbine selection diagram 43

viii
LIST OF TABLES
Table no. Title Page no.

5.1 Basin characteristics of Lower Mardi river catchment at 31


intake site
5.2 Computation of discharge of lower Mardi river 31
5.3 Long term mean monthly flow by MIP Method 31
5.4 Time Exceedance of discharge 32
5.5 Estimated flood discharge by WECS formula 34
5.6 Estimated flood discharge by Modified Dicken’s formula 35
9.1 Calculation of power and energy 61
9.2 Calculation of payback period 62
12.1 Summary of cost estimates 68

ix
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations Meaning

KW - Kilowatt
MW - Megawatt
GIS - Geographic Information System
IEE - Initial Environment Examination
INPS - Integrated Nepal Power System
SHP - Small Hydro Plant
NEA - Nepal Electricity Authority
Gwh - Giga Watt hour
FY - Fiscal Year
KV - Kilo Volt
Km - Kilometre
VDC - Village Development Committee
WECS - Water and energy commission secretariat
ADB - Asian Development Bank
OPEC - Organisation of Petroleum Exporting
Countries
SAARC - South Asian Association for Regional
Cooperation
CG - Centre of gravity
SSF - Shear Stability Factor
ST - Station
BM - Benchmark
EDM - Electronic Distance Measurement
BC - Benefit cost
MIP - Medium irrigation Project
DHM - Department of Hydrology and Metrology
ROR - Run of river
DEM - Digital Elevated Model
IRR - Internal Rate of Return
TEWAC - Total Enclosed water air cooling
PPA - Power Purchase Agreement

x
LIST OF SYMBOLS

Symbols Meaning

ꝩ - Unit wt. of water


b - Width
- Silt Pressure
- Submerged unit weight of silt
- Coefficient of active earth pressure
- Coefficient of friction
- Shear Strength
K - Bulk modulus of elasticity
E - Young’s Modulus of elasticity
D - Diameter
t - Thickness
- Maximum flood discharge
S - Standardized normal variate
- T-year discharge
- Modified Dickens Constant
a - Perpetual snow area
A - Area
T - Return period
- Efficiency
- Crest Length

xi
SALIENT FEATURES
LOWER MARDI RIVER HYDROPOWER PROJECT
PROJECT LOCATION:
Development region : Western
Zone : Gandaki
District : Kaski
Headwork site : Machhapuchhre VDC
Powerhouse site : Machhapuchhre VDC
Geographical Co-ordinate
Latitude : 28019'00"N to 280 29'00"N
Longitude : 83050'00"E to 83056'00"E

GENERAL:
Name of River : Mardi River
Nearest town : Pokhara
Type of Scheme : Run-of-River
Gross Head : 30 m
Installed Capacity : 2.61MW
Average Annual Energy : 14.06GWh

BASIN CHARACTERISTICS AND HYDROLOGY


Catchment area at the intake site : 97.2 km2
Design Discharge : 3.16 m3/s
Probability of Exceedance : 40%
100 Year Flood : 359.21 m3/s

WEIR
Type : Tyrolean, Concrete Structure
Length : 21.78 m
Crest Elevation : 1098.6.5 masl
Height : 5.5 m

xii
River Bed level at weir site : 1094.34 m.a.s.l
Length of stilling basin : 8.09m
Width of stilling basin : 4.00m

CONNECTING CHANNEL
Shape : Rectangular
Length : 100m
Bed width : 1.43 m
Total depth : 4.25 m
Channel Invert EL : 1090.19 m.a.s.l
Longitudinal slope : 0.0050
Total headloss : 1.81m

SANDTRAP
Length : 179m
Width : 5.7m
Height : 6.9m
Flushing Channel width : 1.5m
Longitudinal bed slope of flushing channel : 0.0050
Number of trash rack bars : 73
Total Headloss : 0.22m

HEADRACE CHANNEL
Headrace invert elevation : 1090.96 m.a.s.l
Clear width : 4m
Length : 800m
Longitudinal slope : 0.0006
Depth of flow : 1.6 m
Side slope : 1.5
Total headloss : 0.46m

xiii
FOREBAY
Width at start : 38m
Width at end : 30m
Length : 62.5m
Total depth : 8.5m
Total headloss : 0.006m
Longitudinal slope : 2%
Number of trashrack bars : 40
Spill pipe diameter : 2.5m
Flushing pipe diameter : 0.80m

PENSTOCK PIPE
Material : Steel
Length : 200m
Finished Diameter : 2.10 m
Thickness : 6 to 8mm
Number of trash rack bars : 25
Number of Anchor Blocks : 4

POWERHOUSE
Size (Length x Breadth x Height) : 35 m * 16 m * 10 m:
Number of Generating Unit : 2
Turbine Type : Horizontal Shaft, Francis
Generated Capacity : 2.61 MW
Net Head : 27.88 m
Rated Turbine Efficiency : 92%
Rated Generator Efficiency : 96.3%
Rated Runner Efficiency : 98%

POWER AND ENERGY


Installed Capacity : 2.61MW

xiv
Dry season Energy : 3.008 GWh
Wet season Energy : 11.13GWh
Annual Energy Generation : 14.13GWh

ECONOMY
Total Project Cost : NRs 574.78 million
IRR : 13.30%
Benefit/ Cost Ratio : 1.13
Payback Period : 8.24 years

xv
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL
Lower Mardi River Small Hydropower Project was identified as potentially viable project by
student of School of Engineering (Group -9), Pokhara University during the desk study report
conducted in year 2019. After identifying the project we applied proposal for survey and other
works in Department of Civil Engineering, Pokhara University. We obtained the letter of approval
for further process of the project from Department of Civil Engineering for an installed capacity
of 2610 KW.

Under the initiation of our project, there were several visits made for investigation, possible
layouts, development possibilities and power evacuation possibilities.

After receiving the letter of approval, we initiated immediate preparation of the feasibility reports
to move forward for project implementation. The project members were involved in survey,
investigation and environmental study of the project.

This report is prepared according to the outcome of investigations at feasibility level, planning
and design for the Lower Mardi River Hydropower Project.

Our group identified the project components of the scheme. We surveyed the finally selected
scheme from late July 2019 to first August 2019.

1.2 STUDY OBJECTIVES


The study aims to find out
 Suitable layout of the project.
 Investigate and analyse data.
 Design relevant structures for the project.
 Prepare cost, revenue and economic analysis of the project.
 Determine technical and financial feasibility of project.

1.3 SCOPE OF WORKS


The study encompasses the following activities in order to meet the objective.

 Discharge measurement at intake site for initiation of water level.


 To carry out the detailed survey, find the ground control points and prepare contour map of
the project site.
 Project layout and optimization.
 To prepare the layout and design of all the project components (civil, electro-mechanical
equipment).
 To prepare the design drawings, cost estimate, economic and financial analysis of the project.
 Evaluation of project cost estimates as per present market rates.
Page | 1
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

 Preparation of the feasibility reports of the project.


 The Initial Environment Examination (IEE) study of the project and preparation of an IEE
report.

1.4 STUDY EXECUTION


After the desk study and review of related data/information, our group carried out a reconnaissance
field visit with a view to:

 Familiarize with the project conceived by the past study (desk).


 Examine the terrain and geological conditions of potential alternatives.
 Select an appropriate location for the head works site.
 Carry out flow measurement by Area Velocity method.
 Carry out investment survey for finding out the level difference between alternative potential
intake and powerhouse locations.

The inception report with field survey / investigation programme includes the survey works of the
project area including the head-works, waterways and powerhouse sites. Catchment area
calculation was done with the help of Google earth application and Arc Gis tool. During the field
reconnaissance visit river discharge measurements were also collected.

The plant optimization study to decide the optimum scale of development was undertaken. The
result shows that plant capacity with 2.08 MW under hydrological firm flow of 40% (Q40) gives
the best economic return and is recommended as optimum scale for development.

The feasibility level design of the project components has been carried out and the necessary
drawings prepared. Quantity estimation, cost estimation and economic as well as financial analysis
have also been carried out. The feasibility study report has been prepared by including all the
information mentioned above and based on the “Guidelines for study of Hydropower Projects”
prepared by the Department of Electricity Development.

1.5 THE PRESENT REPORT


This report is final report on feasibility and IEE studies of Lower Mardi River Hydropower
Project.
The contents of the chapters presented in the main report are briefly described below:

Chapter – 1 : Introduction: Contains the introduction and study background summarizes


the scope of work and presents the format of the report.

Chapter – 2 : Description of Project Area: Contains the description of project location,


physical features and accessibility to the sites.

Chapter – 3 : Literature Review: Contains the description of power distribution,


consumption and demand in Nepal and about various components of
Hydropower.

Chapter – 4 : Field Survey and Investigation: Includes brief outline of the site visits,
survey works and investigation and data collection carried out for
hydrological and geological studies.

Page | 2
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 5 : Hydrology: Presents findings on hydrology carried out in order to


investigate discharge potential for the project.

Chapter – 6 : Alternative Layouts and Recommended Layout: covers the study of


different alternative layouts and the recommended layouts of the project.

Chapter – 7 : Project Optimization: Presents the optimization studies together with cost
estimation and economic analysis.

Chapter – 8 : Project Description and Design: Describes the detailed features of the
proposed project setting, design criteria and details of all project
components.

Chapter – 9 : Power and Energy: Summarizes the computation of project outputs and the
assessment of power and energy benefits.

Chapter – 10 : Construction Planning: Covers the construction planning and


implementation schedule of the project.

Chapter – 11 : Initial Environmental Examination: Summarizes the environmental aspects


of the project area.

Chapter – 12 : Cost Estimate: Covers the cost estimate of different structures.

Chapter – 13 : Project Evaluation: Contains the assessment of economic indicators of the


project and sensitivity analysis.

Chapter – 14 : Conclusion and Recommendations: Presents the conclusion and


recommendation of the study.

Appendix A : Hydraulic Design


Appendix B : Design Drawings
Appendix C : Cost Estimation
Appendix D : Photo Gallery

References

Page | 3
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 2

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT AREA

2.1 PROJECT LOCATION


The project is located in Machhapuchre Rural Municipality, Kaski district, Gandaki Zone in
Western Development Region of Nepal and lies within the geographical coordinates of latitude
28019' to 280 29' North and longitudes 83050' to 83056' East. The location of the project is shown
in the Fig. 2.1. The altitude of the intake and powerhouse are 1098.0 masl and 1066.0 masl
respectively.

Fig 2.1 Map of Nepal and Kaski with project location

Page | 4
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

2.2 PHYSICAL FEATURES


The project site lies in the Higher Himalayan Zone in north western part of Nepal. The proposed
site is located in Himalayan gneiss zone in terms of predominating occurring gneissic rock mass
in the zone. The Mardi River originates from Machhapuchre situated in the High Himalayan range,
flows north to south.
Mardi River is formed by the conversion of different river such as Saiti Ghatta River and Latte
River. The proposed head-works as well as powerhouse site is located at the right bank of Mardi
River. Climate of the area varies from warm and humid subtropical to cool and dry alpine along
with elevation variation. Temperature in the study area ranges between 20-30 degrees in summer
and 7-8 degrees in winter. Rainfall is monsoonal with average annual rainfall amounting to 4300
mm of which 80-85 % occurs between June and October.

The proposed canal alignment passes through forest and pasture land. There is no unstable area
found in the alignment.

2.3 ACCESSIBILITY
At present there is earthen road access to the project area. The road distance from Pokhara to the
area is about 30km. From Pokhara at about 15 km long fair weather road suitable leads up to the
proposed powerhouse site. The site is difficult to access in the rainy season due to the high
discharge of river.
So, for the convenient access of goods and materials to the proposed site a bridge need to be
constructed for the effective and efficient run of the hydropower project.

Page | 5
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 3

LITERATURE REVIEW

3.1 BACKGROUND

3.1.1 Power situation in Nepal


The present total installed capacity of the INPS, including capacity added through IPPs
amounts to nearly 614MW. Out of this, the capacity of 10 major NEA hydro plants is
389.150MW, while that of the grid connected ten small hydro plants (SHP) is 12.792MW.
Isolated thirty SHP have a capacity of 6.176MW and 10 IPPs contribute 148.683MW of power
to the system. Similarly, 6 NEA thermal plants have capacity equal to 56.756MW, while 2
solar plants provide 100 kW of electric power in total.

Besides, during the time of deficit power up to 50MW is imported from India as per the Indo-
Nepal Power Exchange Agreement. Nepal and India have agreed in principle to increase this
level of exchange from the existing 50 MW to 150MW. Nepal is also entitled to receive 70
million units of energy annually from Tanakpur in the far-west under the Mahakali Treaty and
10MW power according to Koshi Contract.

Power is also exported to India through some sections of the INPS according to the exchange
agreement. Although the present integrated grid has a total of about 550MW installed capacity
without considering capacity of thermal plants and that available through Mahakali Treaty and
Koshi Contract, only about 425MW can be generated from hydropower stations during the
winter season when the power demand is at its peak.

In areas of transmission and sub-transmission of electricity, the INPS has grown to a network
of more than 1800 km of 132kV, more than500 km of 66kV, and around 2500 km of 33 power
lines. In order to accelerate the pace of expansion and conduct management of rural distribution
systems in a sustainable manner, NEA has adopted a concept of community participation in
rural electrification schemes.

3.1.2 Domestic power demand and supply


The electricity demand forecast to the year 2019/20 is prepared by NEA during the preparation
of its Corporate Development Plan for the year 2004/05-2008/09 in 2005. This forecast is based
on the power consumption data of FY 2004/05.

Total energy requirement in Nepal is projected to increase by an average of about 8% per


annum over the forecast period, from 2299.9 GWh in FY 2003/04 to 7894 GWh in FY 2019/20,
while peak demand is projected to grow from 512.2MW in FY 2003/04 to 1733 MW in FY
2019/20. After the year 2008, the peak power deficit will continue to increase unless projects
of reasonable sizes are constructed without any further delay.

Page | 6
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

3.1.3 Load forecast


The load forecast for IPNS made by NEA according to the power system master plan studies
is presented below. The load has been forecasted considering the country’s macro-economic
indicators and rural electrification expansion programs. The forecast revealed that the energy
and peak demand is expected to grow more than three between 2005 and 2020.
Table 3.1 Load forecast for INPS

Load Forecast
Fiscal Year Total Generation System Peak Load Peak Load Growth (%)
Requirement (GWh)
2005-06 2774 603.28
2006-07 2897.1 642.2 6.5
2008-09 3428.1 759.9 9.3
2009-10 3698.4 819.8 7.9
2010-11 4057.1 890.6 8.6
2011-12 4423.3 971 9
2012-13 4815 1057 8.9
2013-14 5231.2 1148.4 8.6
2014-15 5673.8 1245.6 8.5
2015-16 6144.7 1336.1 7.3
2016-17 6645.9 1445.1 8.2
2017-18 7179.6 1561.1 8
2018-19 7719.4 1678.5 7.5
2019-20 8296.7 1804 7.5
Average Growth 8.14
(Source: NEA, 2003/4)

Figure 3.1 Load Forecast

3.1.4 Energy consumption pattern of nepal


In Nepal, traditional energy sources are the biggest contributors having share of 87.7% in the
total energy. These sources comprises of fuel wood (78.1%), agricultural residues and animal

Page | 7
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

wastes (9.6%). Commercial energy sources share 10.5% having rest to other non-conventional
sources. Electricity contributes about 1.8% of the total energy needs. (Source: WECS, 2006)

3.1.5 Development of the grid system and power transmission plan


At present, the INPS consists of 1,132 km of 132KV single circuit, 412.1 Km of 132 KV double
circuit,231.46 km of 66KV single circuit, 161.3 km of 66 KV double circuit, 22km of 66 KV
and 132KV double circuit, 3.37 km of 66KV four circuit and 2,362 km of 33KV single circuit
transmission line. Total substation capacity of the system is 902.45MVA. In the field of
transmission, NEA is operating at system voltage levels of 132 KV and 66KV.
Rising load demands has created load saturation in some sectors of these transmission lines
leading to poor regulation and reliability at supply terminals resulting in increase in technical
losses. The completion of projects like the Middle Marshyangdi would require augmentation
in the current carrying capacity of the major 132 KV network and construction of some 220
KV lines.
The urgently needed 220 KV sections are Hetauda-Bardghat and Khimti-Dhalkebar. The
Khimti- Dhaklebar 220KV transmission line is going to be constructed with loan assistance of
the World Bank, while efforts are underway with donors for implementation of the 220KV
Hetauda-Bardghat section. NEA is also constructing three power exchange links namely
Butwal-Sunauli, Parwanipur-Brgunj and Dhaklebar-Birtamod at the 132KV level to enhance
the transfer capability of Nepal-India cross border interconnections. This will enhance the
quality of grid connected supply to 34,000 consumers including 17,000 new connections.
In the area of distribution system expansion in mid and Far Western regions of the country,
Swedish Government has conveyed its commitment to provide concessionary credit of about
US$20 million. The Rural Electrification, Transmission and Distribution Project aided by ADB
and OPEC has five different components that will, in addition to providing transmission and
institutional support, develop the distribution system to connect about 123,000 rural
households of 277 VDCs.

3.1.6 Power distribution plan


The need to extend distribution over the country is reflected from the fact that 85% population
of the country is not getting electricity as a source of energy. Therefore, the distribution of
electricity should be done strategically. NEA has taken systematic studies of carrying out rural
electrification and distribution system reinforcement feasibility on district-wise basis. NEA
intends to undertake these works with multi-source financing. Also, Nepal Government
contributes to rural electrification scheme on an annual basis with an increasing magnitude.
In the year, 1999/2000, outlay being approximately 44.5 million US dollar. NEA and Nepal
Government are jointly working for the electrification of rural areas. To cope with this
objective, micro and small hydropower are the better options in the present scenario. The total
capital capital investment in distribution system expansion and reinforcement for the fiscal year
1999/2000 to 2007 is estimated at 9349.2 million NRS.
(Source: NEA 2006)

3.1.7 Legal provision to invest in hydropower sector in Nepal


Hydropower industry is one of the major industries with wider scope in Nepal. For an industry
to prosper there should be support of government policies and legal provisions. Only potential,
be if theoretical, technical, financial, cannot contribute to the development of a nation if
policies cannot be harnessed. Clearly defined conditions and attractive policy are always
essential to bolster the enumerous resources available. Realizing this fact, Nepal Government
has developed certain policies.
a) Why to invest in Nepal?
Page | 8
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

 Attractive Investment Features


 One-Window Policy
 Repatriation of Foreign Exchange
 Income Tax Incentives
 Import Concessions
 Export Opportunities
 No Nationalization of Projects
b) Policies, Acts and Regulations:
 Hydropower Development Policy -1992
 Industrial Policy-1992
 Foreign Investment and One Window Policy-1992
 Electricity Act -1992
 Industrial Enterprises Act-1992
 Foreign Investment and Technology Transfer Act-1992
 Environment Conservation Act-1996
 National Environment Impact Assessment Guidelines-1993
c) Legal Framework:
 Survey License issued within 30 day
 Survey License Period up to 5 years
 Project License issued within 120 days
 Project License period up to 50 years
 Exclusive Water Rights
 Public Consultation before issuance of project license
 Government land available on lease
d) Institutional Framework for Electricity Development as “One Window”:
 Issuance of Survey & Survey licenses
 Provision of tax concessions &incentives
 Assistances in importing goods, land permits, approvals etc.
 Regulation and monitoring of projects
e) Incentive Income Tax:
 Generation:- 15 years tax holiday
 Transmission: 10 years tax holiday and M contracts :5 years tax holiday
 After tax holiday:10 percent less than period prevailing
 Foreign Lenders:50 percent capital allowance
 Equity Investors: No tax on interest earned
 No tax on dividend
f) Import Facilities:
 Plant and Equipment including Construction Equipment
 1% custom Duty on items not manufactured in Nepal
 Import License Fee and sales tax exempted
 Effective from the date of commercial operation
g) Repatriation of Foreign Exchange:
 Principal and interest on debt
 Return on equity
Page | 9
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

 Sale of share equity


 Prevailing Market rates
h) Royalty Payments:
 For first 15 years
Installed capacity/annum-NRS100/KW
Energy Generated-2% of energy sales
 After first 15 years
Installed capacity/annum-NRS 1000/KW
Energy Generated-10% of energy sales
i) Market:
Domestic: Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA)
 Foreign: India Under power Exchange Agreement under Power Trade Agreement
between two countries
 Regional: Government Probably under the regional Cooperation especially Quadrangle
concept within SAARC
j) Nepal Government/NEA Policy on Purchases from Small Project:
The private sectors should undergo Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with NEA to sell the
energy produced. To promote the private sectors in national level and provide the opportunity
to invest in the hydropower sectors for the Nepalese people, NEA has the provisions to
purchase the energy of small hydropower plants with first priority.
k) Export Opportunities:
 Existing Power Trade Agreement between Nepal and India
 Exisiting Interconnection Facilities with India
 Power Deficit in India
 Oriented Projects in Nepal

3.2 COMPONENTS OF HYDROPOWER PLANTS

3.2.1 Weir and undersluice structure


3.2.1.1 General
Weir is a structure constructed at the head of canal in order to divert the river water towards
the canal so as to ensure a regulated continuous supply of silt free water with certain minimum
head. The type of weir and its use depends upon the topography, geology, discharge, river
morphology and other factors of the site under consideration. If the major part or the entire
ponding of water is achieved by a raised crest and smaller part or nil part of it is achieved by
the shutters, it is called weir.
Undersluice is the structure constructed side by the weir for the purpose of flushing the
deposited silt by providing opening on the weir portion with crest level positioned at lower
level than the crest of the weir. It creates comparatively less turbulent pocket of water near
intake. Under sluiced length of weir is divided into a number of ways by piers and is regulated
by gate. Opening helps in scouring and removing the deposited silt from under sluiced pocket
hence is also called scouring sluices. Gate –controlled under sluice helps regulating flow intake
at dry weather and flow with periodic flushing.
Spillway is a structure constructed at the weir side for effectively disposing surplus water from
u/s to d/s channel. It doesn’t let the water rise above maximum reservoir level and prevents the
weir from damage .There are different types of spillway according based on the location,

Page | 10
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

operation, and structures at the site. Ogee Spillway is an improvement upon the free overfall
spillway and is widely used with concrete, masonry, arch and buttress dams. Ogee spillway
works effectively only on one particular head called designed head.

3.2.1.2. Design consideration of diversion weir


The design of weir includes computing the elevation of weir crest, length of weir, computing
the forces acting on the weir and checking the safety of the weir from all aspects like
overturning, sliding, crushing etc. These are briefly explained in the following headings:

3.2.1.3 Elevation of weir crest


These are various factors that affect the elevation of the crest, but in our case, diversion of
water is the purpose and the height should be sufficient to pond the water at a level that can
facilitate design flow in the intake. The height of the weir is governed by the height of intake
sill, depth of intake orifice and depth of the river at the intake site.
Four important considerations to be taken into account for fixing the crest level of the weir are
as follows:
 The height of the crest affects the discharge coefficient and consequently the water
head above the weir as well as the back water curve.
 The elevation of the weir crest has to be fixed such that the design flood is safely
discharged to the downstream without severe damage to the downstream.
 The elevation of the weir determines the head of the power production.
 The height of the weir crest affects the shape and location of the jump and the design
of the basin.
 The height of the weir crest affects the discharge that can be diverted into the canal.
The bed level of the river at the headwork is 1844.5m. The crest level of the weir provided is
1848m.

3.2.1.4 Length of weir and undersluice


The length of the weir depends upon the width of the waterway at the intake site .Crest length
should be taken as the average wetted width during the flood. The upstream and downstream
should be properly examined considering protection.
Rise in water level on the upstream of the structures after construction of the weir is called
afflux. Fixation of afflux depends on topographic and geomorphologic factors. A high afflux
shortens the length of the weir but increases the cost of the river training and river protection
works. For alluvial reaches, it is generally restricted to 1m but for mountainous region it may
be high. The waterway must be sufficient to pass high floods with desired afflux. A weir with
crest length smaller than the natural river width can severely interfere with the natural regime
of the flow, thus altering the hydraulic as well as the sediment carrying characteristics of the
river.
Generally, spillway and under sluice lengths are designed so as to safely pass 80% and 20%
respectively of the design flood. In our particular design, the spillway and under sluice is so
accommodated that from total water way, 3m is given to under sluice, 2m divide wall, and the
remaining 25m is given to weir /spillway. The spillway is so designed that it can accommodate
total flood design. The under sluice portion is designed only for sluicing the bed load. Hence,
the under sluice is designed for 19.81m3/s. This will economize the construction of energy
dissipaters.

3.2.1.5 Shape of the spillway

Page | 11
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The spillway has been designed as modern concrete weir with sloping downstream glacis
(sharp crested weir). Weirs of this type are of recent origin and their design is based on modern
concepts of sub surface flow (i.e. Khosla’s Theory).The hydraulic jump is formed on the
downstream sloping so as to dissipate the energy of the flowing water.
The provisions of the sheet piles, cutoff walls, impermeable concrete floor and protection
works including launching apron have been designed considering various factors as presented
in the detailed design of the weir structure. The parameters under considerations are;
 Hydraulic jump characteristics
 Length and the height of formation of jump
 Seepage pressure
 Erosion characteristics
3.2.1.6 Forces acting on weir
The main forces acting on the weir when it will be in operation are: Water pressure, Uplift
pressure, Silt pressure and Weight of the weir.

 Water pressure
It is the major external force acting on the weir. This is called hydrostatic pressure force and
acts perpendicular on the surface of the weir and its magnitude is given by;
P= 0.5*ꭚ*H2*b

Where, ꭚ=Unit weight of water


H= Depth of water
b =Width of the weir surface.
This pressure force acts on H/3 from the base

 Uplift pressure
Water seeping through the pores, cracks and fissures of the foundation material, seeping
through the weir body itself and seepage from the bottom joint between the weir and its
foundation exerts an uplift pressure on the base of the weir. The uplift pressure virtually reduces
the downward weight of the weir, hence acts against the dam stability. The analysis of seepage
is done using Khosla’s Theory. Khosla’s Theory is the mathematical solution of the Laplacian
equation and it is easy, accurate method for seepage analysis.

 Silt pressure
The silt gets deposited on the upstream of the weir and exerts horizontal and vertical pressure
as exerted by water. So, flushing of the silt should be done regularly to reduce its effect of
destabilizing the weir. It is done by the use of undersluice gate. The silt pressure is given by
the relation:
Psilt =0.5*ꝩsub*H2*Ka
Where,
ꝩsub =Submerged unit weight of silt
H=Depth of silt deposited
Ka =Coefficient of active earth pressure
The silt pressure force also acts at a height of H/3 from the base.

 Weight of weir
Page | 12
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The weight of weir and its foundation is the major stabilizing /resisting force. While calculating
the weight, the cross section is splitted into rectangle and triangle. The weight of each along
with their C.G. is determined. The resultant of all these forces will represent the total weight
of dam acting at the C.G. of dam. Simply, when the sectional area of each part is multiplied by
unit weight of concrete, weight of that part is obtained. The weight of individual parts/sections
are summed up and final weight is calculated by knowing its section and multiplying its unit
weight.

3.2.1.7 Modes of failure &criteria for structural stability of weir

 Overturning about the toe


If the resultant of all forces acting in the weir passes outside the weir, the weir shall rotate and
overturn about the toe .Practically; this condition will not arise because the weir will fail much
earlier by compression. The ratio resisting moment to the overturning moment about the toe is
the factor of safety against overturning and it should be greater than 1.5 for safety.

 Compression or crushing
While designing the weir section it should be so designed that the resultant passes through
middle 3rd part of the section to avoid possible tension on the weir section. The section should
be totally in compression. So, weir should be checked against failure by crushing of its material.
If the actual compressive stress exceeds the allowable stress, the dam material may get crushed.

 Sliding
Sliding will occur when the net horizontal force above any plane in the weir or at the base of
the weir exceeds the frictional resistance developed at that level. Factor of safety against the
sliding is measured as shear stability factor (SSF) and is given by
Where, μ=Coefficient of friction
q =Average shear strength of the joint
For safety against sliding, SSF should be between 3 and 5. To increase the value of SSF,
attempts are always made to increase the magnitude of q, which is achieved by providing a
stepped foundation, ensuring better bond between the dam base and the rock foundation.

3.2.1.8 Protection work for weir structure


The weir should be well protected from the flowing river to avoid creep effect. For this, wing
wall is constructed, and it should be well anchored into the bed. Similarly, to protect the channel
bed from being eroded, launching apron is used. To protect the weir body, riprap is placed.
In the site both the banks are rocky hence no any especial protection shall be introduced. Some
sorts of works to protect banks and to confine the river upstream may be required. Gabion walls
are used as protection works for the banks which ultimately protect the degradation of the weir.
In the downstream side of the spillway, energy dissipater is designed to dissipate the excessive
energy of flood water. Divide wall is constructed to prevent the cross flow of the weir’s
spillway portion and the undersluice portion. The under sluiced portion is designed for the
flood flow with limited opening of maximum 2.5m and energy dissipaters for the submerged
flow. To prevent seepage effect, sheet piles are inserted at the upstream and downstream
portions.

Page | 13
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

3.2.2 Intake structure


3.2.2.1 General
An intake structure can be defined as a structure that diverts water from river or other course
to a conveyance system downstream of the intake. The intake structure is used to trap the
required amount of water for specific purpose with or without storing. An intake structure
should control the flow of water and prevent heavy sediment load of the river from entering
the conveyance system. For this purpose, proper selection and sitting of intakes must be chosen
so as to evacuate necessary amount of water at any regime to the channel. The peak discharge
must be safely evacuated without any damage. To achieve this, hydrological data must be
collected and evaluated and the structures should be designed accordingly.
Prerequisites of the location of intake structures:
 The course of the river should be relatively permanent at the intake site, meaning the
river should not change its course at the intake location at any time.
 The river should not have a large gradient at the intake site.
 In case there is a confluence of two rivers in the selected site, the intake should be
located downstream of the confluence to take advantage of the flow of the both rivers.
 Advantage should be taken of stable banks such as rock outcrops or armored boulder
banks to protect the intake from erosion.
 The intake should be located at the outer bend where flow is deeper and clearer and
towards the downstream end of the bend where the effect of the secondary currents has
fully developed. This limits sediment deposition in the intake area and also ensures the
flow availability during the dry season.
The intake structure is designed for 20% more than design discharge, 10% for flushing in gravel
trap, 10% for settling basin.
i.e. Qdesign(intake) = 1.2* Qintake
A single orifice side intake of width 2m and height 1.5m is designed which allows the design
flow to pass through it under normal condition but it restricts higher flow during floods.

3.2.2.2 Design consideration of intake structures


For small hydropower projects it is a general practice to use 100 years return period from
probabilistic analysis of flood. A simple and moderately priced construction should be used to
minimize maintenance and repairs. For small projects with no automation facilities,
hydraulically controlled structures become more feasible than mechanically controlled units.
There must be adequate provision to remove the suspended and bed load deposited upstream
behind the weir. This may be done using intermittent flushing using sluice gates or allowing
some water to flush it continuously.
It has been found that entry of bed load towards diverted canal will be minimum if the intake
is located just downstream of concave bank of the river bend. It only restricts the bed load, but
also ensures sufficient water depth even at low water condition.
Topography , geology, height of bank , ration of water diverted to that available , channel width,
routing of diversion canal, ease of diversion of river during construction, stability of river bank
and sides, river protection works governs the selection of the intake location and type. For
steeper gradients with straight reaches of river bottom rack intake is more suitable. But in rocky
banks, Winding River, considerable suspended load is not desirable. The lateral side intake
functions well in such case.
Intake sill width 2.9m is used not to allow bed loads to enter the canals. Trash rack is used to
prevent the entry of tree branches, leaves and other coarse materials in the canal. Head is
extremely valuable in hydropower projects so that trash rack should be designed with minimum
Page | 14
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

head loss. Suitable factor of safety should be employed to design height of intake sill so as to
ensure sufficient withdrawal capacity in the future.

3.2.2.3 Protection Work


River protection and river training works are adopted to safeguard the intake structure against
flood, debris and sediment. The skimmer wall is constructed to protect the entry of flood water
in the canal at the time of high flood. Trash racks are used to prevent the entry of trash matters
in the canal. To prevent adverse effect of seepage, sheet pile is used inside the ground below
sill.

3.2.3. Gravel trap


3.2.3.1. General
Gravel Trap is a basin close to the intake where gravel and other coarse materials are trapped
and then removed. In the absence of this structure, gravel can settle along the gentler section
of the head race or in the settling basin and reduce the discharge capacity of canal and
ultimately cause wearing and chocking of the turbine units.
The main design principle for a gravel trap is that the velocity through it should be less than
required to move the smallest size of gravel to be removed. In general, gravel trap should settle
coarse particles (>2mm dia). During high flood season, the river carries appreciable amount of
gravel, hence a gravel trap should be provided to trap the design size of gravel entering through
the intake.

3.2.3.2. Design considerations


Gravel Trap should be located either close to the intake as far as possible to minimize blockage
of the headrace and damage due to abrasion in headrace or at a safe place. The dimension of
gravel trap should be sufficient to settle and flush the gravel passing through upstream.
Generally continuous flushing is adopted for gravel trap as the sediment load is medium to
high. Gates are used to control flow at flushing orifice at outlet. The flushing orifice is designed
on the basis of the head to cause flow. Sufficient bed slope and cross slope are required to make
the whole flushing procedure effective. Standard methods such as Vetter’s equation to calculate
efficiency, Camps formula to calculate the transit velocity and Newton’s formula to calculate
the settling velocity are used.

3.2.3.3 Protection works


Gates are used to control the flow across the gravel trap. Flushing gates are used to flush the
settled matters. The flushing orifices are controlled using the flushing gates. Flushed water and
the excess water are safely diverted to the river using open channel. The side protection works
and fencing, if required are carried out.

3.2.4. Settling basin

3.2.4.1. General
Suspended particle that is not settled in the gravel trap is trapped in the settling basin. The
basic principle behind settling is that the greater the basin surface area and the lower the
velocity, the smaller the particles that can settle. The geometry of settling basin must be such
as to cause minimum turbulence, which might impair efficiency. To ensure uniform flow,
transitions are provided at inlet and outlet. Selection of width and length also depends upon
land available. For more reliable operation, more than one chamber is employed to make whole
system running even if one of the chambers has to be stopped for maintenance.
Page | 15
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Flushing of deposited matters is essential for smooth operation of settling basin. The lateral
and longitudinal slope may be provided for this purpose. For control of flow in and from
settling tank, gates can be used. Generally periodic flushing system is adopted for settling basin
since the sediment load is not as high as in gravel trap.

3.2.4.2. Design consideration


The settling basin is designed following the standard practices. The geometry of inlet, the width
of basin and any curvature must be so as to cause minimum turbulence which might impair the
efficiency. Concentration approach is used to design it. Trap efficiency is selected as 90% for
removal of 0.2 mm sized sedimentary particles.

3.2.4.3. Protection works


Gates are used to control the flow across the settling basin. Flushing gates are used to flush the
settled matters. The flushing orifices are controlled using the flushing gates. Flushed water and
the excessed water are safely diverted to the river using open channel. The side protection
works like fencing are carried out.

3.2.5. Headrace canal


3.2.5.1. General
The water diverted from the intake into the desilting basin of inlet chamber through the
conveyance system is termed as headrace. A high head diversion plant is generally associated
with tunnel to divert water where as a medium head to low head diversion plants generally
employ canal diversion. Geology, topography and hydrology are major factors to select such
options. For small plants with low heads intra basin diversion having fairly straight reaches of
river, canal is the best option. Headrace has to convey extra discharge for continuously flushing
the settling basin.

3.2.5.2. Design Consideration


The conveyance system used could be non- pressurized (free gravity flow) or pressurized flow.
Depending upon the flow condition inside the tunnel, it could be either pressure tunnel or the
non- pressure tunnel. Flow through canal is non-pressurized. The conveyance of flow could be
made through pipe as pressurized flow where head loss is minimum.
Points to be considered for canal alignment can be summarized as:
 The canal alignment should be sufficiently diverted away from the river so that the risk
of flood damage is minimum.
 The alignment should be along the level to slightly sloping ground, pass through stable
terrain and follow the shortest reasonable route with a minimum crossings and a
minimum of head loss and minimum seepage loss because loss in head or discharge is
the loss in power production.
 From earthwork point of view, the alignment should be selected to balance cut and fill
as far as possible. But this does not mean to balance cut and fill even by using costly
retaining structures. Stability is also a major factor.
Manning’s equation is the most widely used formula in open channel flow. From economic
point of view, size should be the smallest possible and channel section should be the most
economical. But, from constructional feasibility the most economical channel section obtained
by minimizing perimeter may not always economical. Size and bed slope have inverse
relationship. So, choice of bed slope is dependent on the size of the canal.
The velocity should be non- scouring and non-silting. To get small sections, a high velocity
which doesn’t scour the lining material is usually desired, but to save head, a mild is preferred.
Page | 16
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The slope is limited by non-settling criteria. Tractive shear approach is always used to ensure
sufficient shear stress to cause scouring of particles transported by it.

3.2.5.3. Protection measures for head race


The alignment of the canal is selected to ensure maximum stability as far as possible. As the
canal follows the contour and the area is flat at most of the sections, not heavy protection works
would be required. The pipe should be anchored at every change in horizontal and vertical
alignment. At cross drainage, pitching and concreting around the pipe should be done to secure
it at its position.

3.2.6. Forebay
3.2.6.1. General
A forebay is a type of hydraulic structure connecting the non-pressure canal with pressurized
flow system, i.e. flow through penstock. It is a storage basin which is constructed at the end of
the head race canal during peak power demand period. It serves the following functions:
 Regulates the flow into the penstock, particularly the excess water into a spillway
 Releases the surge pressure as the wave travels out of the penstock pipe
 Serves as secondary or final settling basin and traps some particles that enter the
head race downstream of settling basin
3.2.6.2. Design Consideartion
The design of forebay is similar to that of settling basin, in general, except that exit portion is
replaced by a trash rack and penstock entrance area. The entrance to the penstock should fully
submerge in its position. The different parts of inlet chamber are: Entrance bay or basin,
Spillway, Flushing sluice, Screens, Valve chamber, and Conduit or penstock gate.
Forebay is designed such that 15secs to 3 mina of the design can be safely stored in the storage
above the minimum pipe submergence level. The limiting velocity in the inlet chamber should
be adopted in between 0.2m/s to 0.8m/sec and the submergence depth (S) should be greater
than 0.7D .where D= Diameter of penstock. Then,
total depth of tank=free board + S + D +Settling zone.
Where, S= Submergence head and settling zone>0.3D
The volume of the inlet chamber is calculated by quantifying the volume of water stored within
the plant startup time such that the depth of the inlet chamber should be enough to dissipate the
overflow during upsurge and drawdown. And effective volume of the inlet chamber, V=Q*t ,
where t=Retention time (15 sec to 3 minutes)
And, the length of the tank can be calculated as:

Qspillway= Cw*Lspillway*Hovertop1.5
Where,
Lspillway= length of the spillway,
Hovertop= Head over the spillway,
Cw= Coefficient of discharge
3.2.6.3. Protection works
The forebay is located at a flat area nearby riverside. Fencing is done around the inlet chamber
so that no one can enter the area. The excess eater from the inlet chamber is allowed to spill
from the spillway structure constructed on it. This water is safely discharged to the river using
open channel constructed for the purpose. Gates are used at inlet and outlet for its safe
operation.

Page | 17
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

3.2.7. Penstock
3.2.7.1. General
The potential energy of the flow at the inlet chamber is converted into the kinetic energy at the
turbine of a hydropower plant via penstock.
I t has to bear a very high pressure caused due to water hammer effect at the sudden closure of
the gate by governing mechanism of the turbine. Penstock should be smooth enough so as to
result minimum head loss while flowing water and it should be corrosion resistance from
durability aspect. The thickness should be sufficient enough to resist hop stress developed by
water hammer pressure and normal pressure should not exceed the allowable stress. Penstock
alignment must be straight to avoid head loss at the bents and the extra cost of the anchor block
unless it is mandatory by site condition.
The penstock may be either embedded or exposed as per topography, location of inlet
chamber/Surge tank, Power house and construction easiness etc. The penstock alignment
should start where the ground profile gets steeper. An ideal ground slope would be between
1:1 and 1:2 (V: H).

3.2.7.2. Design Consideration


For a particular head and discharge, there may be several options for the size of penstock
according to continuity equation (Q=AV). Also, head loss increases squarely with increase in
velocity as per Darcy’s Weishbach equation:
2
H=𝑓𝑙𝑣
2𝑔𝐷

So, a smaller size penstock saves cost of construction material, but in doing so, the loss of
energy due to loss of head takes place and vice versa. Due to this fact, we need to deduce
optimum diameter which has minimum cost and minimum loss of energy. Water hammer
pressure in excess of normal water pressure can be expressed in equivalent water column height
as,

1
C=√ 1 𝐷
𝜌( + )
𝐾 𝐸𝑒

Where K = Bulk modulus of elasticity,


D=Diameter of penstock pipe,
T=thickness of penstock,
E=Young’s modulus of elasticity of steel,

If the penstock has to feed more than one turbine, various factors govern whether use
independent pipes in number equal to the no. of the turbine or use one pipe and bifurcate it at
turbine inlet. Length from inlet chamber to powerhouse, construction feasibility, reliability,
transportation and fabrication are some important factors to be considered for this.

3.2.7.3. Optimization
Penstock is one of the costly and important structures in hydropower plant. The larger size
incurs more cost of the structure and a smaller size saves the cost of structure but is associated
with increased head loss) which ultimately leads to power loss). So, there is always an optimum
size of penstock for which the total cost of loss and the material is minimum. To seek this size,
optimization technique is used. Increase in size tends to increase the thickness, as thickness is
directly proportional to diameter but this relation is no more valid as the water hammer pressure
decreases with increase in size. The optimization is carried out considering these aspects.
Page | 18
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

3.2.7.4. Protection works for penstock


Penstock is a very sensitive structure and its failure is of fatal nature. Exposed penstock is
susceptible to temperature stress and hence, should be provided with expansion joints. Anchor
blocks are used to resist vertical and horizontal forces in the penstock. They prevent the
yielding of penstock. Expansion joints are provided adjacent to them. To support at
intermediate locations and prevent bending stresses, slide blocks are used.

3.2.8. Anchor blocks


The function of the anchor blocks is to fix the penstock and do not allow the pipe with any
direction of movement. The installation site of the anchor block is usually at the connection of
forebay and pressure pipe, connection between pressure pipe changes its direction. The change
of direction can be vertical or horizontal. In either cases anchor blocks should be provided.
They are designed to ensure the thrust restraint of water. The penstock between the anchors is
supported by rocker supports.

3. 2.9. Powerhouse
3.2.9.1. General
Power house accommodates electro-mechanical equipments such as the turbine, generator,
switch gear, control room, engineer’s room, reception room and operator’s accommodation.
The main function of this is to protect the electro-mechanical equipments form the adverse
weather as well as possible mishandling by unauthorized persons. The powerhouse should have
adequate space such that all equipment can fit in and be accessed without difficulty.
Basically, there are two types of powerhouse: surface and underground powerhouse. Surface
powerhouse is cost effective and is best suited when the power house is far away from flood
plain. On the other hand, underground powerhouse is located inside the rock mass which makes
it more stable against flood effects and other external forces. Due to underground construction
and high technological methods, underground powerhouse is slightly costlier than surface ones.
Some powerhouse are located as semi-underground structures being partly on surface and
partly underground.

3.2.9.2. Power house size


Power house size mainly depends on the discharge, head, type of turbine and generator, number
of units and the general arrangement in the power house. The size of powerhouse should be
sufficient to house all the components. Sufficient clear space should be available for installation
of various components and for maintenance purpose.

3.2.9.3. Height of powerhouse


Height of power house is fixed by the dimensions of lower turbine block and its superstructure.
Height of the lower turbine block from the foundation to the floor of the machine hall is to be
determined by the dimensions of the turbine. The height of the power house should be sufficient
for the installation of turbine, generator and shaft and gear mechanism. There should be
sufficient space for removal and overhaul of any of the components without disturbing other
components. Sufficient clear space is also provided for crane operations.

3.2.10. Tailrace
3.2.10.1. General
Tailrace is the channel into which water is discharged after passing through turbine. If the
powerhouse is close to river, the outflow may be discharged into the river. But, when the river
Page | 19
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

is far from the powerhouse, one may have to construct a channel or pipe according to
topography of the site between the powerhouse and the river. The tailrace should be designed
and maintained properly so that excessive aggravation is avoided.

3.2.10.2. Design criteria


Design of the tailrace is similar to that of the headrace channel except that higher velocity can
be allowed in the design without caring for head loss in the channel. High grade of concrete is
required to resist erosion of tailrace channel due to higher velocity. The downstream end of
tailrace must be protected to prevent the river by erosion or by flow from the tailrace. The
discharge should be disposed of over rock or large boulders. If erodible slopes exist in the
vicinity, a stilling basin may be required to dissipate energy.

3.2.11. Electro mechanical units


3.2.11.1. General
A hydropower plant requires a great deal of mechanical and electrical equipments. The major
electrical components are: Generator, Exciters and voltage regulators, transformers,
switchgear, control room equipment including switch boards. Similarly, mechanical
components are shaft, bearing coupling etc. for generators, oil circuits and pumps, compressors
and air ducts, braking equipment. The necessary arrangements for lighting, water supply and
drainage should also be provided.

3.2.11.2. Turbine
General
Hydraulic turbines are machines which convert hydraulic energy into mechanical energy. The
mechanical energy developed by turbine is used in running an electric generator which is
directly coupled to the shaft of the turbine which in turn converts mechanical energy into
electrical energy. Based on the energy conversion, turbines are classified as impulsive or Active
and Reactive turbines.
 Impulsive Turbines
The turbine in which pressure head or potential energy of water is converted into the
kinetic energy of water in the form of jet of water issuing from one or more nozzles and
hitting a series of buckets mounted on the periphery of the wheel, at atmospheric
pressure is called impulsive turbine. It is used for high head and low discharge .Pelton
and Turbo are the examples of the impulsive turbine.
 Reactive Turbines
The turbine, in which both kinetic energy and potential energy of water is utilized to
rotate the runner or the turbine is called the reactive turbine. The water flows through
the runner under kinetic and potential energy. The turbine runner is submerged and
water enters all around periphery of the runner. Water is taken up to the tail race by
means of a closed draft tube and thus whole passage of water is totally enclosed.
Francis, Kaplan, Propeller, Deriaz turbines are the examples.
Design philosophy
Selection of suitable type of turbine for the project depends upon several factors like head,
discharge, power production, load condition and corresponding efficiency, quality of water,
tail water level, size, construction feasibility etc. Selection of turbine is essential for the layout
of powerhouse, approaching and discharging pipes, conditions of construction and exploitation
and techno-economic parameters.
Turbine is selected from the following basic criteria:

Page | 20
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

 Head and discharge:


High head and low discharge-Pelton turbine
Medium head and medium discharge-Francis turbine
Low head and high discharge-Kaplan Turbine

 Specific Speed:
10 to 50-Pelton Turbine
80 to 400- Francis Turbine
300 to 500- Kaplan Turbine (Diagonal)
450 to 1200-Kaplan (Axial)
For Lower Mardi Hydropower project, Francis turbine is selected.

3.2.11.3. Generator
Generator is a 3-phase synchronous machine having the speed range of 70 to 1000 rpm. It may
have either vertical shaft alignment or horizontal shaft alignment. The vertical shaft alignment
is usually preferred for medium and large installation. The stator of generator is manufactured
in a number of segments which are then joined at the site. The entire stator assembly i.e.
embedded firmly in concrete foundation. The generator voltage depends upon the electrical
design (which is bounded by the scope) but the normal range is between 6 to 18 KV.

3.2.11.4. Exciters
The poles of the rotor have to be fed with field current, which is achieved through excitation
system. This is known as static excitation scheme. The generator burs bars feed current to a
step-down transformers to bring down its voltage 230V which is converted into dc with the
help of thyristors converters. The main requirement of the exciters is the reliability with a
steady and stable excitation current. The whole excitation system is made automatic to achieve
quick and accurate control.

3.2.11.5. Ventilation, cooling and lubrication


The generator cooling can be achieved by air circulation through the stator ducts. This may be
a closed circuit air cooling system which feeds air to the blades of fan provided on the rotor. In
such cases about 3m3/min of air per KW of the generator loss will be needed. Cooling by water
is the most common process. There is an elaborated lubrication arrangement to provide
lubrication to the bearing. It consists of a main and stand by oil pump which are driven by
induction motor. The lubrication circuit provided with circulating pumps.

3.2.11.6. Transformer
The generator voltage (6.6 to 11KV) has to be step up to the transmission voltage level (33KV)
to minimize loss. This is achieved by the use of step up transformer. The transformer are oil
filled for insulation purpose as well as for cooling purposes. Transformer problems need a close
scrutiny. It is also a great fire susceptible in view of the substantial quantity of oil in such a
close proximity to power cables. An especially designed firefighting equipment is always
included at the transformer site.
The location of the transformer can be either indoors or outdoors. For surface power stations,
outdoor locations are common. The outdoor location may prove to be more economical and
less hazardous; hence the outdoor location is preferred. The numbers of transformer may be as
Page | 21
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

many as the generating units. Each transformer is sufficiently isolated from other so as to
contain the fire in case of accidents. Besides the main transformer, there should be auxiliary
transformer (step down) for power house lighting and other use

3.2.11.7. Control room equipment


The modern hydroelectric stations have a centralized control for its various components such
as machine starting and stopping, machine loading and frequency control, generator and system
voltage control, machine running supervision and hydraulic control. All these components are
controlled entirely from a control room.

3.2.11.8. Switch gear


The term switch gear is a general term applied to all varieties of the apparatus in the
powerhouse employed for making and breaking the circuit. It may consist of switches,
isolators, surge arresters and circuit breakers. The cost of switchgear depends upon the cost of
bus bar voltage. The bus bars and switches can be provided at the generating voltage before
the transformers or at the transmitting voltage or after the transformers.
The choice depends upon the current and fault rating which in turn influence the design and
cost of the switchgear. If the switchgear is at the generating voltage, it is normally preferred to
locate it indoors. If it is transmitting voltage, it is usual to locate it outdoors in the area known
as switch yards. The high voltage circuit breakers usually use oil for insulation. The size of the
switchgear assembly depends upon the individual machine size as well as the electrical
clearance of the air, specified in standards. Both the switchgear and transformers, particularly
located outside should have adequate light protection.

3.2.12. Transmission line


3.2.12.1. General
Energy generated at the power station has to be carried to the consumer’s premises through a
network of transmission and distribution lines. Transmission lines transmit bulk electrical
power from power stations to load centers in the form of either underground cables or overhead
lines. Transmission system of an area is known as grid. The different grids are interconnected
through tie lines to form a national grid.
Transmission voltages in Nepal are 33KV, 66KV and 132KV and a planned 220KV. The high
voltage transmission lines transmit electrical power from the sending end sub-station (power
station) to the receiving end stations. The transmission facilities affect the cost and reliability
of energy supplied to the consumers to a great extent.

3.2.12.2. Design aspect of transmission line


The choice of the most economical voltage for transmission line requires a detail study of many
technical and economic factors. The power capacity and distance of transmission are specified.
The detail design includes the line voltage, size of phase conductor, span, spacing and
configuration of conductors, numbers and size of earth wires, number of insulators, clearance,
sag under operating and erecting conditions etc.
The transmission line for the purpose of economy is required to be constructed at the lower
cost. This is achieved by optimizing the tower height and span length. This will reduce the
overall cost of line. While deciding the length, various factors such as voltage, public safety
and Government’s regulation must be considered.
Once these design features are available, voltage regulation and efficiency can be calculated.
In case these quantities are not within the prescribed limits, a revision of the design is necessary.
Page | 22
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Most of the parameters mentioned above are beyond the scope of this project work. The cost
and performance of the line depend to a great extent on the line voltage.

Page | 23
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 4

FIELD SURVEY AND INVESTIGATION

There were different site visits and exploration works with involvement of all group members for
the purpose of planning different components, scheme optimization including the identification
of alternatives for power evacuation and inter-connection possibilities.

4.1 TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY


The survey works for the proposed project were conducted from August 1st to 7th, 2019. The proper
survey and leveling works are necessary to design the components, prepare drawings and to
calculate the quantities of the project components. Bench marks and control points were fixed at
the head-works site, canal alignment, forebay site and powerhouse site.

4.1.1 Available Information and Maps


The available information that was accessed for carrying out the feasibility study and IEE of the
project area as follows:

i. Desk Study Report of the project


ii. Aerial Photographs covering the project area

4.1.2 Surveying
Reconnaissance Survey
After finalizing the desk study, our group was mobilized for field visit. After finalizing the project
site and before the detailed survey work, a brief reconnaissance survey was carried out with
flagging at necessary points around the entire project area to be mapped. The next step of the
survey was to fix the control points around the project area to establish control traverse. The
reference of the control points was taken using hand GPS in order to integrate with global
coordinates.

Topographical Survey of the project site


The detailed topographic survey was conducted to produce cross sectional, longitudinal, and
contour map of the project area to enhance detail design. Detailed survey of headwork site,
forebay, penstock route and powerhouse area to produce contour map with major contour interval
5m and the minor contour interval of 1m for design of the main structural components of the
project.

Installation of Bench Marks


The installation of bench marks near the project site was essential in consideration of its use as
the base control points in the topographic survey work. Thus first of all, the installation of the
bench marks near the project site was carried out. The number of bench marks/control points
installed from the head-works site to the power house site including access road as per requirement
in site. These bench marks/control points also forms the traverse route.

The elevations and the coordinates of each bench mark were tied up by the direct leveling with
the existing two permanent station points located near the headwork site were established. These

Page | 24
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

points referred as ST1 and BM1 are both situated at the proposed head-works site The elevation
and the coordinates of these stations are as follows:

Station E Easting Y Northing Z Elevation (m) Remarks


No.
ST1 83.890 28.344 1098 Initial station at
headwork site
BM1 85.945 32.453 1097.789 Permanent benchmark

Control Point Survey


The control point survey for benchmarks and control stations was carried out by means of traverse
survey for the purpose of establishing the base points for all topographic survey works. The
traverse route was arranged so as to connect the existing assumed stations.

The traverse survey was carried out using EDM. The coordinates of each control/traverse point
was worked out based on the surveyed distance, and angles and the coordinates of triangulation
stations and the azimuth measured by the total station. The elevation of each control point was
worked out by direct leveling.

Detailed Instrument Survey


The detailed instrument survey of headworks site, forebay and powerhouse area was carried out
to produce contour map with major contour interval 5m and the minor contour interval of 1m for
the design of the main structures as weir, intake, forebay, powerhouse.
The survey work included the minor control/traverse point survey for horizontal and vertical
controls. The minor control/traverse point survey was made by the traverse survey on traverse
route connected with the base control points established by the above mentioned control point
survey. The measurement of distance and angle on the traverse route was made using the same
method explained above.
Detail survey for topographic mapping was conducted using Trangulation method and the field
data were processed with the help of software namely AutoCad & SW-DTM.

4.1.3 Mapping
Data Processing
All the survey data were downloaded and computed after the completion of survey works.
Similarly, some field data were evaluated and horizontal distances and elevations were calculated.
All the coordinates and elevation of each station and survey point were computed with respect to
the given DTM coordinates and elevation of control points. After complete checking of the data’s,
mapping software was used for map preparation.

Contour map Preparation


Softwell DTM software for mapping was used for mapping. The detailed contour mapping of
headworks, intake, canal alignment, penstock line, powerhouse and tailrace were prepared in
AutoCAD 2007.

Cross Section at Gauge Station


There is no gauging station at the project site to measure the daily discharge of Lower Mardi
River. Monthly discharge in the river was calculated by using Medium Irrigation Project (MIP)
method. In this method, mean monthly coefficients provided by the MIP is multiplied with the
April flow (minimum flow).

Page | 25
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

4.1.4 Hydrological investigations


This sub-section describes the hydrological studies that were conducted in order to provide the
relevant information required for the design and optimization of the project and its major
components. The investigations carried out during the feasibility study primarily cover the
following.

 Calculation and review of relevant hydrological and sediment data


 Processing of the hydrological data
 Additional field data calculation
 Assessment of runoff
 Assessment of flow duration curve
 Assessment of stage discharge relation at the dam site and tail race site.

All the hydrological and meteorological variables studied are presented separately in the following
chapter.

4.1.5 Collection of available Hydrological and Meteorological Data


The Department of Hydrology and Meteorology (DHM) is the sole agency with a mandate for
collecting hydrological, sediment and meteorological data in Nepal. The data available in the
database is processed and published regularly in two categories – river flow data (discharge) and
meteorological data rainfall.

The following hydrological and meteorological information has been collected so far for the
hydrological investigations required for the project.

Meteorological Data
There was no meteorological station found within the Mardi River catchment. In this case, the
meteorological analysis has been based on the data from neighboring meteorological station.

Hydrological Data
The DHM has not established any gauging station in the Mardi River basin. Hence there is no
information on the flow in the DHM database. Therefore, the regional approach for estimating
hydrological variables is used in the analysis. However, the variables derived from this approach
have been verified by field measurements and the necessary adjustments made accordingly.

Establishment of Gauging Station


As there is no gauging station in the catchment of Mardi River the time series data are not
available. The mean monthly and annual average flows are estimated. Float area method is used
to calculate the daily discharges every day in the morning and mean monthly discharge was taken
as the average values of 5 days discharge.

4.2 SEDIMENT INVESTIGATION


There are no sediment data on the Mardi River catchment. In order to predict the sediment yield
from the catchment of the Mardi River at the intake site a regional method has been used.

4.3TRANSMISSION LINE SURVEY

Page | 26
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The transmission line survey was not carried out due to the availability of another transmission
line of Mardi River hydropower. So the produced electricity from our hydropower will be supplied
to Mardi River hydropower from which the electricity will be connected to national grid.

Page | 27
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 5

HYDROLOGY

5.1 HYDROLOGICAL STUDY

The studies and investigations, presented in this chapter, provide hydrological information
required for the design and optimization of the major components of the project. The main
information required includes the firm flows and the extreme flows. Based on the Guidelines for
Study of Hydropower Projects (Run-of-River Type), the scope of hydrological and sediment
studies related to the Lower Mardi River Hydropower Project covers the following.

 Collection and analysis of relevant hydrological data;


 Analysis of the consistency, quality and reliability of available data;
 Field activities for: discharge measurements and cross section survey
 Develop: flow-duration curve, design flow for power generation and rating curves at
intake and tail-race sites;

The following sections describe the nature of collected data, field activities, catchments
characteristics and the estimates of design values.

5.1.1 Catchments Characteristics


The Lower Mardi River is a tributary to the Seti-Gandaki River joining the Seti at Lhachok about
3km from Hemja. The basin lies between the latitudes 28o 20’19'' N and 28o 28’54" N and
longitudes 83o 50’50"E and 83o 56’06"E. (Figure 5.1).

The basin lies in the upper part of the Kaski district (Figure 5.1). Elevation of the catchment ranges
from 1062 m to more than 5000 m. (Figure 5.2).

With pinnate pattern of drainage, the catchment area at the intake site covers 97.2 km2. The basin
characteristics of Lower Mardi River catchment at intake site are peresented in Table 5.1. The
characteristics were derived from 100 m resolition Digital Elevation Model (DEM).

The areas of the basin from 2400 m to 5000 m are covered by fairly dense mixed forest. The area
of basin lying above 3000m is 19.97 km2.

Page | 28
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Lower Mardi River Watershed

Figure 5.1. Location of the basin and meteorological stations in the vicinity.

Page | 29
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Lower Mardi River Watershed

Figure 5.2. The digitally delineated Lower Mardi River basin.

Page | 30
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Table 5.1. Basin characteristics of Lower Mardi River catchment at intake site derived
from 100 m resolition DEM based on the topo map.
Total area (km2) 97.2
Length (km) 47.4
Area below 5000 m (km2) 97.2
Area below 3000 m (km2) 19.97

5.1.2 Hydrometric Techniques (Area- Velocity Method)


In this method, discharge is measure by measuring the area of cross-section at intake site and
velocity of flow through the cross-section area (i.e Q =A* V). In this method, the cross-section
is divided into a large number of substations by verticals. Floats measure the average velocity in
these substations. The discharge of Lower Mardi River which is measured is calculated below:

Table 5.2. Computation of Discharge of Lower Mardi River


Distance Width of Average Depth (m) Cross- Average Segmental
from left section (m) width (m) sectional velocity discharge
bank,(m) area (m2) (m/s2) (m3/s)
0
1.14 1.14 1.2825 0.62 0.795 1.399 1.112
2.28 1.14 1.14 0.95 1.083 1.337 1.447
3.42 1.14 1.14 1.4 1.596 1.635 2.61
4.56 1.14 1.14 1.7 1.938 1.982 3.84
5.7 1.14 1.14 2.1 2.394 2.92 6.99
6.84 1.14 1.14 1.5 1.71 2.835 4.85
7.98 1.14 1.14 0.98 1.0488 1.93 2.024
9.12 1.14 1.2825 0.71 0.910 1.21 1.1017
10.26 1.14
Sum 23.976

5.1.3 Long Term Stream Flow Analysis


5.1.3.1 Medium Irrigation Project (MIP) Method
The MIP method presents a technique for estimating the distribution of monthly flows throughout
a year for ungauged locations. For the application to ungauged sites, it is necessary to obtain one
flow measurement in a low flow period. In the MIP method, Nepal has been divided
hydrologically into seven zones. The Lower Mardi River lies in Region 3 according to the MIP
manual (McDonald, 1990). The table below shows the result from MIP methods and total mean
monthly flow of our project site.

Table 5.3. Long Term Mean Monthly Flow by MIP Method


Mean Monthly
Month
flow
May 3.329
Jun 5.542
July 23.976
Aug. 44.269
Sep. 36.885
Oct. 18.451
Nov. 8.854
Dec. 6.640
Page | 31
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Jan. 4.799
Feb. 3.329
Mar. 2.444
Apr. 1.771

5.1.3.2 Flow Duration Curve


A graphical representation of runoff is the flow duration curve. It has discharge plotted on the Y-
axis and the percentage of time duration for which that magnitude is available on X –axis. Flow
duration curve are used in assessing the dependability of the discharge. Basically these are used
in assessing dependable power in runoff river plant with or without pondage. A flow duration
curve also called as discharge-frequency curve plotted between stream flows (Q) and percent of
time the flow is equaled or exceeded.

Table 5.4. Time Exceedance of Discharge


Mean Flow in % of
April Coeff. for
Month Monthly descending Rank Exceedance
flow Region 3
flow order of discharge
May 1.771 1.880 3.329 44.269 1 8.333
Jun 1.771 3.130 5.542 36.885 2 16.667
July 1.771 13.540 23.976 23.976 3 25
Aug. 1.771 25.000 44.269 18.451 4 33.333
Sep. 1.771 20.830 36.885 8.854 5 41.667
Oct. 1.771 10.420 18.451 6.640 6 50
Nov. 1.771 5.000 8.854 5.542 7 58.333
Dec. 1.771 3.750 6.640 4.799 8 66.667
Jan. 1.771 2.710 4.799 3.329 9 75
Feb. 1.771 1.880 3.329 3.329 10 83.333
Mar. 1.771 1.380 2.444 2.444 11 91.667
Apr. 1.771 1 1.771 1.771 12 100

Page | 32
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

50

45

40

35

30
Discharge

25

20

15

10

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
% Exceedance of Discharge

Figur 5.3. Flow Duration Curve

From graph, flow duration curve, the 40% dependable flow is estimated to be 11 m3/s derived
from MIP method which will be adopted as the design discharge.

5.1.4 Regional Flood Frequency Analysis


5.1.4.1 WECS Formula
In Nepalese context, Water and Energy commission Secretariat (WECS) developed empirical
relationship for analyzing flood of different frequencies. The result of this study is used for
estimation of flood discharge at the proposed at the proposed intake and powerhouse site.
The study shows the result from the frequency distribution parameter prediction method which is
a variation of the multiple regression method. The independent variable which was found to be
most significant in all of the regression analysis was the area of the basin below elevation 3000m.
This area represents the basin that influenced by monsoon precipitation. Hydrological studies of
Nepal (WECS, 1982) used this parameter.
This study shows that the prediction regression equation for 2 years return instantaneous flood
peak is:
Q2 = 1.8767(Area of basin below 3000m + 1)0.8783

= 1.8767(77.23 + 1)0.8783

= 86.36 m3/s

Similarly, the prediction regression equation for a 100 year instantaneous flood peak is given by;

Q100 = 14.63(Area of basin below 3000m + 1)0.7342

= 14.63(77.23 + 1)0.7342

= 359.21 m3/s

Where, the unit of area of basin below 3000m is in square km.

Flood of any other return period can be calculated using the following formula
Page | 33
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Qf = exp(lnQ2 + S*𝜎)

𝑄100
𝜎 = ln ( ) /2.3626
𝑄2

359.21
= ln ( ) /2.3626
86.36

= 0.6128

Where, Qf = the maximum flood discharge (m3/s)

S = standardized normal variate for a particular return period

Q2 and Q100 are the 2 year and 100 year return period is instantaneous flood (m3/s). The result of
flood estimate for the headwork site from the regional frequency analysis are presented in table
5.5.

Table 5.5. Estimated Flood Discharge by WECS Fromula


Return QT
period (T) Standard normal Flood
(years) variate (S) Area Q2 Q100 𝜎 (m3/s)
2 0 77.23 86.36 359.21 0.6128 86.36
10 1.282 77.23 86.36 359.21 0.6128 189.45
25 1.645 77.23 86.36 359.21 0.6128 236.64
50 2.054 77.23 86.36 359.21 0.6128 304.057
100 2.326 77.23 86.36 359.21 0.6128 359.21
Source: A text book of Hydrology, S. Baral, 2013
5.1.4.2 Modified Dicken's Method

Using Dicken's method, the T year flood discharge Qt, in m3/s, shall be determined as

Qt = CT * A0.75

Where,

A is the total basin area in sq. km.

CT is modified Dicken's constant proposed by the Irrigation Research Institute, Roorkee, India,
based on frequency studies on Himalayan Rivers. This constant shall be computed as

CT = 2.342 log(0.6T)log(1185/p) + 4
𝑎+6
P = 100 *
𝐴+𝑎

Where,

a = perpetual snow area in Sq. Km. = 19.97 km2

A = total area of basin in sq. km = 97.2 km2


Page | 34
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

19.97+ 6
P = 100 * = 22.164
97.2+19.97

and T is the return period in years.

The result of flood estimate for the headwork site Modified Dicken's formula are presented in
table 5.6.

Table 5.6. Estimated Flood Discharge by Modified Dicken's Formula

Return Period (T) Modified Dicken's constant Flood Discharge (QT)


(years) (CT) (m3/s)
2 4.3204 133.7437
10 7.1493 221.3162
25 8.7598 271.1714
50 9.9781 308.8855
100 11.1964 346.5996
Source: A text book of Hydrology, S. Baral, 2013

In Nepalese context, Water and Energy Commission Secreteriat developed the emperical
relationships for analyzing flood of different frequencies (Dulal & Baral, 2012). So design flood
of 100 years return period is taken as 346.5996 m3/s estimated by Modified Dicken's method.

Page | 35
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 6

ALTERNATIVE LAYOUTS AND


RECOMMENDED PROJECT LAYOUT

The Lower Mardi River Hydropower Project is a small sized water resources development scheme
located about 15 km northwest of Pokhara. The project lies on the Lower Mardi River, one of the
tributaries of the Seti River in the Seti-Gandaki River basin. Although it is a snow fed river it has
a moderate gradient, which makes it attractive for developing a hydropower project. The project
layout has been done in consideration of optimum utilization of nature in the form of head and
discharge.

Various potential layout alternatives for key components of the hydropower project with power
output of 1 to 7 MW were proposed, studied and analyzed based on desk study and field visit
assessment. Feasibility level planning, design and drawings were produced for the best option
having following key components.

 Weir and Intake


 Sand trap and Connecting Channel
 Headrace channel
 Forebay, powerhouse and tailrace canal

6.1 STUDY OF POSSIBLE ALTERNATIVE LAYOUTS


During the feasibility study of the project, different possible alternatives were also studied. For
the purpose of the study of the alternative schemes, desk studies on the available map of scale
1:25,000 and 1:50,000 of the project site were carried out. The following two major alternative
options were considered and studied.

Alternative – I Right Bank Scheme


Alternative – II Left Bank Scheme

Field visits for the verification of the above mentioned alternatives were carried out. Instrument
surveys were carried out to find out level differences (available gross head) between the intake
and the proposed locations of the powerhouse.

The outcomes of the studies were verified during the field visits carried out by the group members
in various fields and the most suitable was selected for the study. The outcomes of the desk
studies, verification from the site visit and short descriptions of each scheme are briefed below.

(a) Alternative – I: Right Bank Scheme


This scheme has the site of the diversion weir at longitude 830 50’ E and latitude 280 16’ N. The
waterway structures in this scheme are located on the right bank of the Lower Mardi River. The
length of the waterway is estimated to be 1.3 km. This scheme needs 200 m long penstock pipes.
The powerhouse will be located at a distance of approximately 200 m upstream from the
confluence of the Lower Mardi River with Khaharey Khola. This scheme will have a gross head
of 30 m approximately. The major features of this option are briefed below.
Alternative – I
Page | 36
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

 Headworks site at an elevation of 1093.20 m at a distance of 200m downstream from the


existing suspension bridge.
 Headrace cannel - 800 m
 Forebay Elevation - 1085.09 m
 Penstock pipe length - 200 m
 Power output - 2.61 MW
 Powerhouse elevation - 1066.15 m
 Available head - 30 m

(b) Alternative – II: Left Bank Scheme


The land topography of the left bank is less steep than the right bank, so the gross head required
for the feasible power output may not be obtained.

6.2 PRESENTATION OF RECOMMENDED LAYOUT


Alternative – I was found better attractive based on the results of field verification by the group
members and this scheme was selected for further studies including the optimization of this
scheme.

This scheme consists of a Tyrolean weir located 200 m downstream of the existing old suspension
bridge over the Lower Mardi River. All the waterway structures including the intake gallery, sand
trap, and forebay are located on the right bank of the Lower Mardi River. The scheme requires
approximately 200 m of penstock pipes including bifurcation pipes. The powerhouse in this
scheme is located at an elevation of 1066.15m on the right bank of Mardi River. The powerhouse
is safe from the high floods in the Mardi River. The switch yard is located on the left bank of
Mardi River on the opposite site of powerhouse building. A tailrace conduit of approximately 70
m length is proposed to discharge the water into the Mardi River after power generation.

Fig6.1: General layout of the scheme studied and recommended

Page | 37
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 7

PLANT OPTIMIZATION STUDY


7.1 GENERAL
The optimization of the plant capacity is carried out with the optimization of design discharge. In
case of run-of river scheme, height of the weir, minimum operating level and high flood level have
insignificant impact on the design discharge. These elements are more influenced by the general
topography of the diversion weir site, design flood magnitude and the river characteristics, which
are common to all installed capacity options. Therefore, all the installed plant capacity options are
based on the respective rated discharge and subsequent hydraulic design of the water conveyance
system from the river intake to the powerhouse.

Project costs and benefits have been estimated for the various plant capacities of the project. The
objective is to determine the element size which maximizes the discounted net benefits.

7.2 ASSUMPTIONS
Plant optimization study has been carried out for various plant capacities ranging from 2 MW to
6 MW with an interval of 1 MW based on recommended Project Layout. The optimization study
is conducted with the monthly and annual energy and their respective tariff for dry period and wet
period energy as the project evaluation criteria. Based on the rated discharge for each plant
capacity, sizing of various hydraulic structures and electromechanical units were determined.
The optimization of the plant-installed capacity is based on following assumptions:

Energy and Cost

 Available Head assumed: 27.9 m


 Total efficiency : 87%
 Secondary Energy: Long term annual energy based on difference between mean flows and
hydrological firm flow.
 Dry Period Energy: December 15 to April 15 of the Year.
 Wet Period energy: April 15 to December 15 of the Year
 Annual Energy Losses: 5.5 %
 Annual operation and maintenance cost has been considered for 25 years of operation.

Economic Parameters

 Interest Rate: 10%


 Economic Project Life: 30 years of operation.
 Power Revenues: 0.060 US$/Kwh
 Operation and maintenance cost: 1.5%

7.3 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY


The optimization of the installed capacity of the plant along with the design discharge was
undertaken by economic analyses with results expressed as internal rate of return (IRR) and
benefit cost ratios. Sizing of the various project components for each plant capacity was

Page | 38
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

determined and cost estimate prepared. Power benefits were determined for each plant capacity
and compared with the costs. The objective was to determine the plant size, which maximizes the
benefits of power supply and the discounted benefit / cost ratios and IRR.

The optimization procedure in this study follows the general approach outlined below:

 Determine rated discharge for each designated plant capacities with assumed available head
of 27.9m.
 Estimate the size of free flow spill way to pass the design flood of 1 in 100 years.
 Determine the optimum sizing of the hydraulic Structures and electromechanical units.
Prepare preliminary design of intake, intake connecting channel, sand trap, flushing structures,
water conveyance component, forebay, penstock, powerhouse and the tail race for each
installed capacity. The following structures are envisaged in the project as main Civil
Components.
- Tyrolean Intake Weir and sand Trap
- Headrace Channel
- Forebay
- Surface Steel Penstock
- Surface Powerhouse
- Tailrace
 Estimate the costs of the individual variable as well as fix structures and determine the total
project cost for each plant capacity.
 Estimate the yearly operation and maintenance cost to be envisaged in 30 years of operation.
 Conduct economic analysis for each plant capacity.

Layout of the individual structure conceived in the optimization study may vary and modified in
the feasibility design. However, the general layout and the main concept of the project will remain
the same.

7.4 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS


Economic analysis has been performed by including all the costs to construct, operate and
maintain the project including the principal investment amount. Costs and energy benefit streams
were assessed at present value at 10% interest rate. In order to compare the different options on
the basis of IRR and benefit cost ratio, the present value of the costs and benefits of all the options
were determined to the first year of construction. Economic analysis of all installed capacities was
carried out.

The various economic indicators like the net present value, benefit cost ratio and the internal rate
of return were calculated for all of the installed capacities. The summary of the results of the
economic analysis for all different installed capacities are shown below.

- Optimization of design discharge

US $ /
Power Revenues 0.060 Cost Fact : 1
kWh
O&M Cost 1.5 % Net Head : 27.9 m
Forced
Interest Rate 10 % 1
Outage :
Page | 39
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Increm.
Life Time 30 Years 0.5 m3/s
Discharge
Construc. Period 3 Years CRF 0.1061 -

Design Discharge m3/s 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00 8.50
Mill US
Original Cost 4.05 4.21 4.30 4.41 4.52 4.61 4.79 4.87
$
Orig. Ann.
GWh 9.30 9.94 10.53 11.06 11.60 12.00 12.36 12.75
Energy
Installed Capacity MW 1.24 1.36 1.48 1.60 1.72 1.84 1.96 2.08

Energy Reduction GWh 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1
Ann. En.
GWh 9.3 9.9 10.5 11.0 11.6 12.0 12.3 12.7
(incl.Red.)
Accum. Factor - 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10
Present Value Mill US
4.5 4.6 4.7 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.3 5.4
Cost $

Mill US
Annual Benefits 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8
$
Annual O&M Mill US
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Cost $
Mill US
Annual (B-O&M) 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7
$
Present Value Mill US
4.7 5.0 5.4 5.6 5.9 6.1 6.3 6.5
Bene $
Mill US
NPV (B-C) 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.0 1.1
$
US $ /
Tarrif / kWh 0.057 0.056 0.054 0.053 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.050
kWh
US $ /
Cost / kW 3593 3406 3196 3030 2892 2761 2696 2590
kW

CRF - 0.118 0.121 0.127 0.130 0.133 0.135 0.134 0.136


1/CRF - 8.489 8.234 7.902 7.687 7.493 7.380 7.447 7.340
C/B
(auxilliary - 8.981 8.712 8.361 8.135 7.934 7.813 7.883 7.769
Val.)
IRR % 11.31 11.71 12.26 12.64 13.00 13.22 13.09 13.30

Optimized Installed Capacity Popt. = 2.08 MW


Optimized Design Discharge Qopt. = 8.50 m3/s

Page | 40
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

13.50

Internal Rate of Return %


13.00

12.50

12.00

11.50

11.00
0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00

Design Discharge m3/s


Fig 7.1 Graph Showing IRR Vs Design discharge

1
NPV ( B - C ) Mill US $

0
0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00

Design Discharge m3/s


Fig7.2: NPV (B-C) Vs Design dischrage

7.5 RECOMMENDATION OF INSTALLED CAPACITY FOR


FEASIBILITY DESIGN
The optimization analysis result shows that plant capacity with 2.08 MW gives best economic
return with highest IRR (13.40) under optimum design discharge 8.5 m3/s. Proper and regular
discharge measurement has not been established. Thus, Plant Capacity of 2.61MW under
hydrological firm flow of 40% has been considered optimum and recommended for detailed
feasibility study.

Page | 41
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 8

PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND DESIGN

8.1 BASIS OF DESIGN


The bases for the design of the various project components are presented below:

- The weir is designed for a flood discharge of 346.599 m3/s equivalent to 100 years flood
event. The intake structure and the waterway structures up to the sandtrap are designed
for a discharge of 11 m3/s including 30% of design discharge for flushing purpose.

- The waterway section between intake gate and side spillway is designed for a design
discharge of 11 m3/s. The hydraulic slope of this section is proposed at 0.005 to obtain the
velocity of water in the structure sufficient to transport sediment entered the intake.

- The sand trap is designed to settle particle size larger than 0.15 mm. It is a continuous
flushing type twin chambered sand trap with two flushing pipes having suitable gates for
the control of flushing discharge in each chamber.

- The water way structures after the sand trap is free flow headrace tunnel is designed with
a hydraulic slope of 0.0006

- The forebay is designed for a storage volume of 8192 m3, which is sufficient for the
operation of one unit for two minutes at the beginning of plant operation.

- The penstock pipes are designed for discharge of 11 m3/s, which is required to generate
2.61 MW of power.

- The powerhouse is designed to house two units of generating machines, auxiliary


equipment and different necessary systems for power generation including spaces for the
operation and maintenance of the power plant.

- The tailrace conduit is designed to discharge 11 m3/s of water after power generation. It
will have a hydraulic slope of 0.0015

- The power house is designed in such a way that it will be safe from the flood in the Mardi
River even for magnitude of flood equivalent to 100 years flood.

- Horizontal shaft type turbines are proposed based on the diagram “Turbine Selection
Diagram: 10 MW Less”.

Page | 42
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Fig 8.1 Turbine selection diagram

8.2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF PROJECT COMPONENTS


Observing the site conditions of the project and the topography of the river, Mardi River
Hydropower Project is proposed to develop as a run- of -the river type of project with an installed
capacity of 1.742 MW corresponding to the design discharge of 11 m3/s at Q 40%. A simple weir
on the Mardi River – a tributary of Seti River, diverts the water to an intake structure (design
discharge – 11 m3/s) located at the left bank of river. The diversion weir is designed for a flood
discharge 346.599 m3/s equivalent to 100 years flood event for the Mardi River at the weir site.
The weir is located at the tail race of Mardi River hydropower. All the waterway structures
including the intake, gravel trap and forebay are located on the left bank of the Mardi River. A
100 m conneting canal connects the wier and the sand trap while 800m headrace channel connects
the sandtrap to forebay. The 179 m long twin chambered sandtrap is designed to settle particle
bigger than 0.15 mm. After the sand trap, clear water is diverted to the forebay through waterways
(design discharge – 11 m3/s) consisting of 800 m headrace canal. The forebay is a rectangular
structure having the length of 62.5 m and a breadth of forebay at the start is 38 m and width of
forebay at the end is 3om. For discharging the excess water from the waterway system during the
sudden shutdown of the power plant, a spillway is provided. The forebay is designed considering
the upsurge and down surge water level during the sudden shut down and start of the power plant.
The 200 m long penstock pipe delivers the water to a powerhouse located at the left bank of Mardi
River. The powerhouse is located at a distance of 1500 m from the headworks site at the left bank
of the river. The plain area, where the powerhouse is proposed, is safe enough from the high floods
in the Mardi River. The switch yard is proposed near the power house.

After the generation of 2.61 MW of power, the water from the powerhouse is discharged into the
Mardi River through a 70 m long tailrace conduit.

8.3 DESIGN CRITERIA


Page | 43
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The components of the project are designed considering the functional requirement for safe,
economy and easiness on construction and operation of the plant.

8.3.1 Hydraulic and Functional Criteria


The hydraulic components like weir, spillway, headrace channel, forebay and conveyances etc.
are designed to convey the required discharge for safe operation and power generation.

The design discharge of the project is 11 m3/s. The following guidelines are used including the
contents on “Feasibility Study guidelines for Small Hydropower Project – 2003”.

- The structure should be able to withdraw, convey, and safely discharge the required flow
from the structure.
- Structures should not be vulnerable to floods hazards, i.e. free passage of flow should be
possible.
- Floating debris must not cause blockage at the intake and there should be spillway
arrangement when the power house is closed.
- All components must be hydraulically, geo-technically, and structurally stable and
economically viable.
- The plant should be able to run in isolated mode of operation for different sizes of load.
- The power from the project should be evacuated from line so that the outage is minimum
and cost is economic in long run.

The head loss is a major concern thus the hydraulic parameters were checked in for design of
water conveyance system to ensure a safe passage of design flow with minimum head loss.

8.3.2 Stability and Structural Criteria


The basic design criteria references for structural design of headworks of the project area general
standards and codes of practices that are followed while designing the hydropower projects. The
design loads that are considered during the design are hydraulic pressure, silt pressure at the
river/water, earth pressure along the hillside and seismic loadings.

The following dead loads are considered for stability calculation.

Mass concrete = 22.5 kN/m3


Plum concrete = 21 kN/m3
Steel = 7850 kg/m3
Structural Concrete = 24 kN/m3
Cement = 25 kN/m3
Water = 10.0 kN/m3

The grade of concrete and quality for characteristics compressive strength are decided with the
following criteria based on general practice.

Blinding and PCC : M10


Water retaining structure : M25
Mass Concrete : M15
General Purpose Concrete : M20

Although reinforcement design is not carried out for structures, but the quantity required per unit
volume of concrete is considered different for different type of structures based on past
experiences in similar nature of the project.
Page | 44
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The structural part of powerhouse and machine foundation is considered similar to plant having
same capacity.

8.4 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT COMPONENTS


The project components are sub divided into three major structures and the description of those
components are presented below:

8.4.1 Head Works


The head works consists of:

- A 21.78 m long concrete overflow weir, 100m long connecting channel.


- a 179m long sand trap.

8.4.1.1 Tyrolean Weir


The Tyrolean weir is designed to raise the water level in front of river intake, to regulate the design
discharge and minimize the sediment entry into the intake. It also provides easy passage of the
surplus flow during times of flood.

Design Criteria
Following are the main criterion used in the design of tyrolean weir:

 The energy level at weir and undersluices is the same.


 Sedimentation takes place up to weir and undersluices crests.
 Weir and undersluices are designed for 100 years return period flood of magnitude 346.599
m3/s.
 Based on invert level of intake and minimum operating level, the crest level of undersluices is
fixed at El.1094.84 masl.
 The stability analysis of tyrolean weir is done to check the stress in the foundation during
construction and operation during 100 years flood.

Description of Structures:
Tyrolean Weir:
The headworks of the project are a floating type structure founded on alluvium. It is designed for
100 years return period flood of magnitude 346.59 m3/s.
The weir is a tyrolean weir of 5.55 m height and 21.78 m clear crest length. A discharge of 346.599
m3/s overflows over it during 100years return period flood flow. The crest level of the structure is
at El. 1098.6 masl to maintain minimum operating level in front of intake. The crest level of weir
is 4.26 m above the upstream concrete apron. To reduce the uplift below the structures and keep
the exit gradient within the limit, a 1.50 m thick 8.0 m long upstream stone apron is provided.
Upstream and downstream concrete cut-offs of 3m depth are provided to increase the creep length
and protect the structure from undermining.

The stability analysis of the weir shows that the structure is safe against overturning, sliding,
bearing, uplift and undermining.

8.4.1.2 Connecting Channel


The design discharge passing through the weir will be carried to the sandtrap, through a
rectangular concrete open channel 100 m long.

Page | 45
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Design Criteria:
The connecting channel is designed for discharge of 13.2 m3/s during normal flow. It is designed
for a velocity of 1.8 m/s at a channel slope of 1 in 1200. Rugosity coefficient of 0.015 is taken in
the design. The channel is provided with average freeboard of 0.5 m.

Description of Structure:
The discharge passing through the connecting channel and then through 179 m long sand trap
will be carried to forebay through 800m long trapezoidal concrete headrace channel. The
connecting channel from weir to sandtrap is a rectangular concrete open channel 1.86 m wide and
3.01m deep. It is designed for 0.0050 slope.

8.4.1.3 Sand trap


A surface sand trap with two units is located on the right bank of the river. The surface sand trap
is designed to trap 95% of bed load bigger than 0.15 mm diameter of grain size. Hence the velocity
of water flow in the sand trap is proposed as 0.17 m/s (minimum). The size of the sand trap is
5.70 m wide, 6.90 m high at the start and end of the chamber and 179 m long. The upper 2.5 m
portion of the sand trap is rectangular while the 2.55 m deep bottom portion of the chamber has a
side slope of 2%. At the bottom of the chambers, flushing channel for sand flushing are designed
with a width of 1.50m. The longitudinal bed slope of the flushing channel along each basin is
0.0050 in order to create required hydraulic conditions. A control gate at the end of the conduit
operates the flushing. The invert level of flushing conduit outlet is El 1079.9. The bottom slab of
the Sand trap has a slope of 2%.

To ensure the equal distribution of design discharge into both chambers of the Sand trap, the canal
is divided into two equal sections. Transition length of 10 m is provided from the end of the intake
channel to the Sand trap to ensure tranquil flow conditions before the flow enters the Sand trap.
A vertical lift gate is provided on each channel of the Sand trap at the inlet and outlet of the canal.
These gates are to be used during the Sand trap flushing. The inlet gate can also be used to
maintain the design flows in the chambers.

The Sand trap shall remain in operation during the sediment removal process, i.e.

- The normal operation of the basins shall not be interrupted in order to facilitate flushing.
- The water supply to the head race tunnel shall be maintained fully during flushing as long
as the river flow can provide the additional 20% flow required for the flushing operation.

No significant amount of sediments deposited in the basins shall be mixed into and carried away
with the general basin flow during flushing.

The flushing process could be both either continuous or intermittent depending upon the loading
condition and availability of flow in the stream. In case intermittent supply the Sand trap flushing
system could be operated simultaneously as per their requirement.

8.4.1.4 Headrace Channel


A 800 m long of headrace canal starts from a head pond of the Sand trap and ends at the inlet
portal of the headrace tunnel. An open canal of rectangular section 4 m wide 1.6 m. high. The
canal is designed for a hydraulic slope of 0.0006. After the Sand trap the canal makes a curve
before entering the tunnel portal. The radius of curve is provided as greater as possible so as to
minimize the head losses on the bend.

Page | 46
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The headrace channel starts from the end of curved head race tunnel having invert level of 1090.96
m. The curve is designed as transition section of the headrace channel. The total length of
channel from inlet portal to forebay is 800 m. The clear width of the channel is 4.0 m and total
height.

The support shall be shotcrete and some concrete lining. The present level of study recommends
for 15% of the tunnel length to be concrete lined and remaining 85% to be shotcreted at required
sections.

The bedrock setting and type of formation is favourable for tunnel and is viable for small size
project.

Since the length of channel is only 800m in length, and the construction of tunnel is proposed to
start from both ends. Hence provision of audit tunnel is not considered in the design.

The following are considered while selecting head race tunnel:

- The geology should be good, predictable and the loss variation in the underground
structure.
- The velocity and head loss should be in limit.

8.4.1.5 Forebay
The forebay acts as a sort of regulating pond to cushion the impact of sudden load rejection or
load acceptance. Forebay is provided between the free flow tunnel and the pressure flow penstock
where water hammering is expected because of the sudden interruption of the flow. Further it is
provided to function as the balancing reservoir in case of the sudden demand in the pressure
conduit.

The upsurge in the forebay is estimated for sudden closure. Total capacity of the forebay is fixed
as 2125m3 capacity so that the total live storage volume in it is equivalent to the total volume
required for three minutes of operation. Following are the basic data used for the design of the
forebay:

Capacity of the forebay is for the equivalent flow of three minutes.


Based on these criteria the maximum surge height that corresponds to a sudden closer is estimated.

The inlet of penstock is placed at sufficient depth so that no air could enter into the penstock pipe.

8.4.1.6 Penstock Pipe


The penstock pipe is at first aligned horizontally near the forebay area. There are altogether 4
bends up to the bifurcation point. The bends in the penstock pipe are proposed to suit the
topography to minimize the excavation work thus minimizing the probable disturbance to the
natural condition and the stable condition of the slope. From the bifurcation point the penstock
pipe is bifurcated and aligned horizontally to the direction of the corresponding generating unit.
The penstock pipes near forebay and powerhouse are proposed to be buried and embedded in
concrete. Thus anchor blocks are proposed and one each at the bends and one at the bifurcation
point. Penstock pipes in between anchor blocks are supported on saddle supports. The internal
diameter of the penstock pipe is 2.1 m and that of the manifold pipes after bifurcation is 1.4 m.
Expansion joints are proposed near all anchor blocks and near the inlet valves. It is proposed to
use 3 m or 6 m long penstock pipes for safe and easy transportation and erection. The total length
of the penstock pipe is 200 m including manifolds.
Page | 47
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

8.4.2 Powerhouse Complex


8.4.2.1 Powerhouse
A surface power house is proposed at a location of about on the terrace on the right bank of Mardi
River. It will be equipped with two horizontal axis power generating machines. The powerhouse
consists of RCC structures that house the machine floors and control building. Machine floors
include inlet valves floor, turbine generator floor, maintenance and unloading bay. An overhead
travelling crane is to be installed in the powerhouse to facilitate the installation and maintenance
of powerhouse equipment. The roof of the powerhouse is arranged with steel truss structures on
RCC columns covered with CGI sheets. The floor area of the powerhouse is cover an area of 35
m x 16.m and 10 m high from the lowest foundation level to the roof ridge.

RCC structures consisting of walls and columns are proposed for the underground portion of the
powerhouse. These structures are designed to with stand the load of the backfill materials and the
load to the overhead travelling crane including the vibration loads during the operation of the
power plant.

The superstructure of the powerhouse is to be constructed from RCC columns, walls, and block
masonry walls. A series of windows are provided for proper lighting and ventilation in the
powerhouse. One small access door and one large shutter door access are arranged in the
powerhouse.

The power station area is separated from other areas by a fence constructed around the power
station. The main entrance gate is provided on the access road. The level of access road in the
river side area which separates power station area from the river is higher than the river water
level.

Main Powerhouse Floors:

(a) Inlet Valve Floor: In this floor, mainly the penstock pipe, inlet valves and draft tubes are
located. This floor accommodates the rooms for the powerhouse auxiliary systems such
as generator coaling system turbine cooling system, etc. The level of this floor is at EL
1066.15.

(b) Turbine – Generator Floor: The level of this floor is at EL 1066.27. In this floor, mainly
turbines, generators, governors and their accessories will be located.

(c) Erection Bay Floor: The erection bay is used for the maintenance of powerhouse
equipment. An overhead travelling crane and a large shutter opening is proposed in this
floor for easy transportation and loading / unloading.
All floors are accessible by a staircase for people and through hatch openings for the crane.

(d) Control Building: The control building is constructed above the penstock pipe level after
the installation of the penstock pipes. This building houses different accessories of the
powerhouse equipment, such as switchgear & diesel generator and battery charger.

(e) Drainage System: Peripheral drains around the powerhouse are provided to trap all
rainwater. Drains are arranged around the powerhouse and at the toe of excavation slope
drainage is constructed of stone masonry in 1:4 cement sand mortar. The drain discharges
water to the Mardi River.

Page | 48
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

(f) Water Supply: It is proposed to use the water tapped from the penstock pipes after proper
treatment. Hence a treatment has to be located in the power house. The treatment plant is
to have pumps installed to pump up water to the necessary areas and taps.

(g) Sewage System: A septic tank will be provided with the provision of a soak pit in the
powerhouse area to manage the sewage.

8.4.2.2 Tailrace
The tailrace is designed with a hydraulic slope of 0.0015. It has a trapezoidal box culvert section
3.60 m. wide and 1.50 m high. The free board adopted is 0.30 m. The outlet portion of the tailrace
is sloped towards the river. The length of conduit is 70 m.

8.4.2.3 Switch Yard


An outdoor type switchyard is proposed to be construction on the right bank of Mardi River.
Foundation to accommodate different equipment are to be constructed. Similarly, a cable duct has
also to be constructed. A fence is proposed to protect the area. All equipment area as per design
is covered with gravel filling up to a height of 50 cm. A proper drainage system around the
switchyard is proposed. The switchyard covers a total area of 30 m by 20 m.

8.5 ACCESS ROAD


The existing access road (rural road standard) of around 4km in length up to proposed Powerhouse
site begins from Mardi River headwork site near Rivan village.
The salient feature of the existing alignment is as presented below.

Location Intake of Mardi River (0+000)


Start Point
Elevation 1094.34 m
Location Proposed powerhouse site (1+363.28)
End Point
Elevation 1066.15 m
Maximum Design Speed 20 km/hr
Ruling 9%
Vertical Gradient
Maximum 12% (unavoidable 14%)
Maximum Length of Vertical Curve 20 m
Road Width including Shoulder & Drain 3 + (2 x 0.25) + 1 = 4.5 m
Normal 5%
Road Camber
Super elevation 7%
Maximum extra widening 0.2 to 0.9 m (3.0 m in hair pin loops)
Passing Zone (3 m x 30 m) Every 300 m
Road Surface Gravel Road

8.6 GENERATING EQUIPMENT


8.6.1 General
The selection of electromechanical equipment is guided by the least cost and simple structure and
the minimum powerhouse equipment and auxiliaries adopted for maintaining safety and quality.
The equipment and auxiliaries will be of simple installation and easy operation type. The
electromechanical equipment installed inside the powerhouse will be inlet valves, turbines, speed
governors, alternators, excitation transformers, station service transformers, indoor HV and LV
switchgears, control/protection relay panels, battery and changer including a stand by diesel
generator set. The outdoor HV equipment and step up single phase power transformers including
one spare shall be installed close to the powerhouse in the switch yard together with 33 kV bus
Page | 49
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

bar and one line bay for outgoing transmission line. The features of major electromechanical
equipment in the plant will be as below.

8.6.2 Mechanical Equipment


The Lower Mardi River Hydropower Plant will have two power units for easy operation and
maintenance. The investment cost of two units will be less than that for three units. Moreover,
the area of surface powerhouse with two units will be smaller than for three units. The simplest
option of only one unit is discarded for this project as the total generation loss will occur in the
event of unit break down, and also the load bearing capacity of the newly built road and bridge at
the site are likely to be unfavourable for heavy load unit.

The major mechanical equipment will comprise of the following equipments:

(1) Inlet valves


(2) Turbines
(3) Governors
(4) Fly wheels
(5) Lubricating system
(6) Pressure oil system
(7) Compressed air system
(8) Cooling water and service water system
(9) Ventilation and air conditioning system
(10) Fire protection system
(11) Powerhouse overhead travelling crane
(12) Standby diesel generating set
(13) Mechanical workshop and equipment

8.6.2.1 Inlet Valves


An inlet valve is provided for each unit. The valve will be of spherical type. For safety reason
and to reduce the required capacity of the drainage and dewatering system, each valve will be
equipped with smaller bypass valve for the filling procedure for the turbine distributor piping.
The by pass valves will close and open by means of oil hydraulic pressure. Bolted flanges to the
distributor pipe and penstock pipe will connect the main inlet valve. The valve will be open in
balanced condition by oil pressure from servometer and will be closed by counter weight for safety
reason. The valve will be designed for 30% to 40% of unbalanced pressure and the suitable
servometer will be selected by considering the above pressure.

In case of sudden full load rejection, the spherical valve is capable of emergency closure of the
turbine against full discharge.

8.6.2.2 Turbines
With the available head, design discharge, reliability and considering the cost, two units are
appropriate for the project.

The rating of the turbine is achieved as follows:

P = g.n.Q.H

Where, g = Acceleration due to gravity = 9.81 m/sec2


P = Power Generated (kW)
n = turbine efficiency = 92%
Q = Design Discharge = 11 m3/sec
Page | 50
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

H = Net head

P = 9.81 x 92% x 11 x27.88 = 2767.84 kW.

Adopt rating of turbine 2000 kW to cater small overload capacity during the availability of water.

The selection of turbine type primarily depends on net head and the discharge available at the site.
The type of turbine determines also the layout of powerhouse. The normal power generation
against time is considered as criteria in unit selection. The design flow is 11 m3/s, where as
minimum flow identified is only 11 m3/sec, so a turbine unit size operable even during the dry
season is reckoned. Specially the site condition dictates installation of only 2 units of turbine each
requiring 5.50 m3/s discharge. For the head of 27.88 m and the discharge of 5.50 m3/s Francis
turbines with horizontal shaft and associated enclosure are found most appropriate. The turbine
shall be capable to run in an additional 10% continuous overload capacity during the availability
of the water. The turbine shall be able to operate safely and satisfactorily under any conditions of
load and water quantity without appreciable vibration, excessive noise or under wear and tear.

The horizontal shaft layout is preferred for this project from the ease of shaft alignment task. The
shaft of turbine will be coupled through fly wheel supported by pedestal bearings to the alternator
shaft. The pelton turbine will be of two nozzles type and these nozzles will be actuated by oil
pressure and closed by high quality stainless steel spring. The water jet in the turbine will be
deflected by a cut in type defector, which will act very fast. The turbine will be equipped with
turbine housing which will guide the pressure released water from the runner to the tailrace safety.
The turbine will be stopped with the help of brake nozzle provided at the turbine housing.

All turbine instrumentation, such as unit control boards, and governor control cabinets will be
located close to the relevant units on the turbine floor. This is advantages for commissioning,
service and maintenance.

The basic characteristics of the turbine are as follows:


Type : Horizontal axis
Number of Turbine : Two (2)
Number of Nozzle : Four (4)
Shaft arrangement : Horizontal
Rated output for each unit : 1500 KW
Rated discharge for each unit : 5.50 m3/sec
Rated Net head : 27.88 m
Rated speed : 300 rpm
Runway speed : 720 rpm
Runner diameter : 1.61 m
Rated Efficiency : 87%

The main parts of the turbine are described below in brief.

Runner
The turbine will be a single runner attached directly to the flange at the end of the turbine shaft.

The runner will be of integrally solid casting steel of minimum 13% Cr or and 6% NC. The runner
will be designed to safely with stand the stresses due to operation at runway speed and under the
most severe conditions.

The hydraulic surfaces of buckets will be carefully grounded and finished smoothly.
Page | 51
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Bolted connection will be provided for attaching the runner to the turbine shaft. The bolts will be
locked in position to prevent loosening during operation.

Shaft
The turbine shaft will be made of forged steel with properly heat treated. It will be designed to
operate safely in combination with the generator shaft.

The shaft will have an integrally forged flanged half coupling on its Generator side for connection
with a coupling flange on the generator shaft. The runner side shaft flange will be provided with
necessary arrangement for attachment of the runner removal device.

Guide Bearing
The turbine will be equipped with a self lubricating oil type guide bearing. The bearing will
consist of housing and a removable bearing shell. The guide bearing will be of self lubricated and
water coaled and complete with oil reservoir and water coaling coil.

Jet Deflector
In order to prevent excessive pressure rise in the penstock and to ensure quick response and power
speed regulation of the unit, each nozzle will be equipped with a jet deflector. This will be actuated
by an oil servometer. The deflector will be of the cut in type and will be made of steel with
stainless steel overlay cutting edge including the hydraulic passage. It will be designed to safely
will stand the maximum discharge from the nozzle.

Brake Nozzle
Each runner will be equipped with a brake nozzle arranged to direct a stream of water against the
backs of the buckets to restrain the rotating part of the turbine and generator after the unit will be
taken off the end.

Turbine Housing
The suitable steel plate turbine housing will be provided for each turbine. The top cover will be
flange connected to the housing to facilitate inspection and dismantling of the runner.

Distributor
The distributor including nozzle body extension will be provided with stiffness and anchorages
sufficient to ensure that no deformation will take place during erection. The distributor will be
rigidly connected to the inlet valve by means of flange.

Nozzles and Needles


Two nozzles for supply water to the turbine runner will be provided for designed hydraulic
pressure and will be constructed to produce the most uniform jet possible. The nozzle body will
be of stress relieved cost steel. The bodies will be flanged for bolting to distributor piping and
nozzle tips. Each nozzle tip will be provided with a seat ring at the final point of water discharge.

Auxiliary Mechanical Equipment


The auxiliary mechanical equipment will comprise of the governors cooling system, a workshop,
overhead travelling crane and other as described below.

Governors
Governors are provided for the control of the turbines in case of load variations. The electronic
governors in combination with the hydraulic system acts on the turbine guide vanes for regulating
the turbine flow. The governor should have the following features:
Page | 52
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

a. Automatic control of guide vanes for maximum output of turbine.


b. Shutdown of the unit in case of emergency.

Each electronic governor has its own hydraulic system. The hydraulic system consists of a sump
tank, accumulator pressure tank and dual lead pump for storage. For maintaining oil pressure in
the system, a jockey pump is supplied. Major parts of the oil pressure system are: essential
controls and piping connections to the governor relay valve and servometers of the turbine guide
vane. The governor regulation data will be as follows:

Speed rise during full load rejection: < 25%


Pressure rise during full load rejection: < 30%
Turbine closing time: < 65 seconds

The oil pressure unit for the governor system with sufficient capacity to drive the governor and
actuate the oil pressure system will be suitably selected. The governor will be located on the
turbine floor near to the turbine.

Flywheel
The alternator rotor shall be designed with a flywheel to obtain satisfactory speed regulation for
coupling with the hydraulic turbine. The selection of flywheel depends however on the design
and manufacturer, to obtain desired objective.

Cooling Water and Service Water System


The water system comprises of:

(a) Cooling Water System

Cooling water shall be used for cooling the alternator and the bearings. The supplied water shall
be taken from penstock and passed through a pressure reducing valve for collection in the cooling
head tank that shall be installed at a suitable location upstream of the powerhouse. The cooling
water through a common header pipe will branch out to individual generating units, which shall
be discharged to the tailrace after circulation in the system. The cooling water system will have
two sets of strainers, one on duty and the other as standby. The cooling system provide necessary
amount of cooling water mainly for the following equipment:

a. Alternator air cooler


b. Lubricating oil cooler
c. Transformer oil cooler
d. Oil sump tank cooler
e. Fire fighting system

(b) Service and Domestic Water Supply


Water for turbine shaft sealing and service purposes is taken from a storage tank specially located
at a suitable place.

Drainage and Dewatering System


Drainage and dewatering systems for the project are provided as follows:

(a) Station Drainage


Drainage water from different parts of the power station is collected in a deep drainage sump. The
drainage water from the sump is removed by two submersible water pumps to the tailrace.
Page | 53
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

(b) Unit Dewatering System


Each unit has a dewatering pipeline with gate valve arrangement for dewatering the unit. To
dewater the penstock and power conduit a drain valve with piping work just upstream of main
inlet valve will be provided for each unit.

When dewatering of unit is required the gate valve will be opened and water will be collected in
the drainage sump tank. The drainage sump pump will be used for discharging the water in the
tailrace.

Compressed Air System


Separate compressed air system will be provided for:

a. A service compressed air system


b. A governor compressed air system

Two compressors will feed the both systems. Under normal operating conditions, one compressor
will act as duty and the other as standby.

The system described above hold good in many plants. However, the recent development for
replacing compressed air system is by using nitrogen fettled bladder type accumulator. The
advantage of N2 type accumulator over the compressed air system area: it takes less space silent
in operation and more reliable.

Oil Treatment and Transfer System


The oil transfer treatment system consists of the following main parts:

a. Two clean oil storage tanks


b. Two dirty oil storage tanks
c. One clean oil transfer pump
d. One dirty oil transfer pump
e. One oil purifying equipment
f. Supply and return piping
g. Fire extinguishing equipment for the treatment room
h. Control on safety device

Storage tanks, oil purifier and transfer pumps shall be installed in a special room arranged at the
turbine floor. Separate piping set ups, tanks and transfer pumps shall be provided for supply and
return lines in order to avoid mixing of non-purified oil. Sufficient storage capacity will be
provided for the supply of oil volume equal to the entire hydraulic oil volume of one power unit.

Mechanical Workshop
A mechanical workshop will be equipped with machine tools and devices appropriate for the
maintenance and repair of all mechanical components and machining of the smaller components
of the mechanical electrical equipment and hydraulic steel structures. A diesel generating set
installed as a backup power for construction will be used as a standby for emergency operation.

Ventilation and Air Conditioning System


The main purpose of the ventilation system for powerhouse will be as follows:

a. to provide adequate fresh air for the personnel


b. to remove heat generated by mechanical and electrical equipment
Page | 54
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

c. to provide smoke exhaust, ventilation in case of fire to minimize the circulation of


smoke and produce of combustion.

The surface powerhouse ventilation system consists of a fresh air handling unit and an air
conditioning unit. The fresh air handling unit will be installed inside the ventilation room and will
consists of air filters and three air admission fans, two on duty and one standby. The unit will
such air from outside and distribute it via appropriate ducting to different locations of generator
floor, turbine floor or other places as control room.

Fire Protection System


A suitable fire protection system will be installed at different location of turbine generator and
control room and other places as required by design.

Powerhouse Overhead Travelling Crane


All overhead travelling crane with main and auxiliary hoist is provided in the powerhouse for
lifting the equipment. The crane will have the capacity to left the heaviest machinery part, i.e.
rotor of the generator.

The crane travels on two rails, fixed on the two beams along the machine hall of the powerhouse.
The span of the crane is sufficient for moving big machinery parts in various directions along the
machine hall of the power house up to the erection bay. The principal characteristics of the
overhead crane:

Overhead travelling crane : Bridge type welded construction


Span : 10 m
Main hoist capacity : 20 tonnes
Auxiliary hoist capacity : 5 tonnes
Speed longitudinal travel : 15 m/min

8.6.3 Hydraulic Steel Structures


8.6.3.1 General
The hydraulic steel structures include gates. Stoplogs, intake, trash rack to be installed at
headworks, desanding basin, penstock entrance and tailrace. The construction of trashrack shall
be in panels so that the lifting and operating arrangement shall be easy. All frames and panels
shall be casted in site during concreting and there should have provision for anchorage and hooks.
The following paragraphs provides the brief description of these gates, stoplogs and trash racks
that were identified for safe and economic plant operation of the project.

8.6.3.2 Gates
The main characteristics of the gates that will be provided at different structural components of
the project will be as follows:

Intake gate
One set of vertical wheel gate with the dimension of 1.3 m height and 1.3 m width will be installed
at the intake for flow regulation in the headrace canal.

Sand trap Flushing Gate


Two sets of slide type gates will be provided for sand flushing.

Penstock Intake Gate

Page | 55
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

One set of vertical slide type gate will be provided at the end point of forebay as the intake gate
to penstock.

Tailrace Gate
At the outlet structure of the tailrace a fixed wheel vertical gate will be provided for repair and for
preventing the high flood of Mardi River entering into the powerhouse. The dimension of the gate
is 2.60 m high 1.30 m wide and is designed for a water head of 5 m.

The gates will consist of steel plate, beams, guide frame, seals, hoist, and appurtenant parts
complete with all accessories.

8.6.3.3 Stop Logs


The vertical slide type stop logs are provided at various structural locations for repair and
maintenance purposes. Their location type and dimensions are given in Table 8.1.

The stop long leaf will consists of skin plate, horizontal girders, vertical stiffeners, their bracing
angles, guide rollers, three way rubber seals, lifting attachments and other necessary components.
The stop logs will be made of structural steel and of all welded construction.

8.6.3.4 Intake Trashrack


The main function of this trashrack is to prevent the ingress of debris and floating matter into the
intake channel that could damage the turbine units.

8.6.4 Powerhouse Electrical Equipment


The powerhouse electrical equipment includes generators, transformer, switchgears, protection
schemes, control systems, earthing systems, lighting systems, communication systems etc.

The unit rating of the powerhouse equipment has been selected based on the following
considerations:

 To limit the transportation sizes and weights.


 To limit the power shortages during maintenance or forced outage of one unit.
 To provide sufficient flexibility during operation.
 To be able to maintain the system stability during the tripping of a unit.
 To minimize increased costs due to increase in number of units, instrumentation and
switchgear.

8.6.4.1 Generators and Ancillaries


Based on the total output capacity of 2.61 MW and two units, the rated output of each generating
unit will be 1.31 MW (1.5approx). Each of the two generators in the surface powerhouse will be
synchronous horizontal shaft units coupled to its associated francis turbines.

The generator will be totally enclosed, air cooled (TEWAC) with air to water heat exchangers
located in the generator hall generator fire protection will be provided by a CO2 deluge system.

The generator will be equipped with a set of combined pneumatic hydraulic operated brakes and
jacks.

The overall inertia constant of the turbine / generator units will be checked in final stage. Due to
transport limitations, both the generator status and rotor will need to be delivered to site in sections
and assembled within the powerhouse. For assembly during construction and to enable
Page | 56
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

disassembly for maintenance, the station crane capacity will have to be suitable for lifting the
complete rotor. It is estimated that the generator rotor will weigh approximately 20 tons. The
main hoist will haul 25 ton capacity and auxiliary hoist will have 5 ton capacity.

The preliminary parameters of the generators are summarized in the following table:

Parameters Value

Number of units : 2
Rating : 1.5 MW horizontal shaft
Power factor : 0.87
Cooling : TEWAC (Totally Enclosed Water Air Cooling)
Synchronous speed : 300 rpm
Number of poles : 20
Frequency : 50 Hz
Rated voltage : 11 kV
Neutral grounding : Resistive grounding via grounding transformer

8.6.4.2 Excitation System


The excitation system of the alternator will be brushless, self-excitation type. It will be composed
of an AC excitatory and a plate unit consisting of silicon diodes. The excitation system will
manually as well as automatically regulate the voltage. The operated range of excitation system
will be as:

Excitation voltage regulation : +3%


Terminal voltage regulation : 80 to 115%
Excitation voltage : 65 V

Automatic Voltage Regulator


The general requirements for automatic voltage regulator shall be as follows:

a. The voltage control under steady state condition shall +/-5% of rated terminal voltage.
b. The automatic voltage regulator shall suppress to residual voltage through the field
discharge.

Generator Main Circuits


The generator line terminals will be connected to generator cubicle by means of bus bars. For
connecting generator cubicle with unit step up transformer, single core XLPE type cables will be
used.

Power Transformers
The generators shall be directly connected to the step up transformer through circuit breaker and
power cables one set of transformer is proposed. The transformer should be manufactured
according to IEC76 and shall be an outdoor type.

The transformer steps up the voltage from 11 kV to 33 kV. The generation voltage of the voltage
of the project is 11 kV which is stepped up to the help of transformer to match with the
interconnection substation. The transformer will be installed in the switch yard. Three phase
transformer will be selected assuming easy transportation system. Surge arrestors are provided in
the line side to protect over voltage caused by lighting and switching surges.

Page | 57
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

8.6.4.3 Protection Systems


Protection system will be provided to isolate faulty systems as quickly as possible to limit damage
and to maintain healthy systems in stable operating conditions. The system will feature a high
degree of selectivity and discrimination between faulty and healthy circuits. Protection systems
will be provided for generators, power transformers, switchyard and transmission lines.

Generator Protection
Generator shall be protected with the following schemes:

 Differential protection
 Field protection
 Reverse power protection
 Over voltage and over current protection
 Ground and current protection and earth fault protection
 Out of synchronization protection

Transformer Protection
The power transformer will be protected with the following schemes:

 Differential protection
 Over current and earth fault protection
 Other protection requirements regarding gas operated relays and oil and winding
temperature protection will be implemented as per Best Industry Practice.

For the power transformer, Buchhalz protection and temperature trip circuits are provided.

HV Switch gear and Transmission line protection


The basic concept of protection relay scheme son high voltage system is to minimize damage to
the system equipment and to minimize the effects of the system disturbances. Thus protective
relays must be capable of reliable operation to sense and isolate all faults rapidly. For maximum
reliability, all circuits of the system should be protected by two protection schemes, each of which
is capable of independent detection and isolation of all faults without undue disturbance to the
system.

To protect 33 kV transmission line and transformer from high voltage surges, lightning arrestor
shall be provided.

Control Systems
A control room for the powerhouse, the HV switchgear and to associated works will be located
within the powerhouse. The remote indication of the intake and Sand trap gates at the headworks
will also be in the powerhouse control room. It will be possible to control the units and the
auxiliary system form this control room. The control system will provide the following control
modes:

 Local manual control of the individual components and systems.


 Manual and automatic control at group level from the individual group control ponds.
 Automatic control at station level from the station control room

Page | 58
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 9

POWER AND ENERGY

This section summarizes the power and energy production from the project. It is assumed that all
the energy generated from the power plant is evacuated and marketed to the integrated Nepal
Power System (INPS).

9.1 GENERAL
Power and energy production capabilities of the project have been calculated using the formulas:

P = 9.81*Q*H*Eff (KW)
E = P*h (KWh)

Where, P = Power (KW)


Eff = Combined efficiency of turbine, generator and transformer
H = Net head (m)
Q = Flow through turbine (m3/s)
E = Energy (KWh)
h = hours of production

Francis turbine has been proposed to be used in the project. Since the turbine is set clear above
tail water, the gross head is the difference between headwater and the turbine axis. There is a loss
in conveyance system while conveying the design discharge to the powerhouse. This loss has to
be deducted from the gross head in order to obtain the net head, which is the effective head in
calculating the power and energy from a plant. The loss in the conveying system is dependent in
the velocity of flow, which in turn is related with the discharge available. The mean monthly flow
is different in different months, so the loss will also be different each month. The combined
efficiency is the product of efficiency of generator, transformer and the turbine. The efficiency of
turbine is a function of discharge available at the turbine. The efficiency of the Francis turbine has
been adopted in the range of 87%. As the discharge decreases, the efficiency decreases gradually.
The water from fore-bay to powerhouse is taken through steel penstock where the total losses
calculated are 2.12 m. Gross head is 30 m. There are two horizontal axis in Francis turbines in the
powerhouse. The discharge in each of the turbines is distributed in such a manner that both the
turbines tend to run at their maximum efficiency thus generating maximum possible energy.

The energy computation is carried out on the basis that the river has a discharge of 11.0 m 3/s
equivalent to the 40% excedance event. The net head available for power generation is 27.88 m.
As to option of two units of generating machines is observed to be optimum, the energy
computation is based on the two units of generation machines having an installed capacity of 1.4
MW each. The turbine efficiency is adopted equivalent to 92%. The generator efficiency is
assumed to be 96.3%, and the transformer efficiency is taken is 98% making the overall coefficient
of efficiency equivalent to 87% which is very practical for small capacity power plants. A
compensation discharge equivalent to 10% of the minimum flow in the river is released as
downstream requirement for the conservation of the downstream ecosystem.

Page | 59
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

9.2 REFERENCE HYDROLOGY


The long term monthly average hydrology of the proposed intake site as obtained by hydrological
studies indicated in Section-8 has been taken as reference hydrology and presented below:

Jan. Feb. Mar. April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
1.37 1.22 1.19 0.98 1.12 4.45 8.72 12.95 8.21 4.40 2.38 1.68

9.3 INPUT PARAMETERS AND ASSUMPTIONS


The following are the input parameters and assumptions adopted for power and energy
computations:

Gross head 30m


Net head 30 – 2.12 = 27.88 m
Turbine efficiency Varies as per efficiency curve of Francis turbine
Generator efficiency 0.963
Transformer 0.98
efficiency
Number of Units 2
Design discharge 2 X 5.50 m3/s
Installed capacity 2.61 MW

9.4 RATED EFFICIENCIES


There are following factors that have to be considered for calculation of overall efficiency and
outage from the project for the estimation of energy:

Hydraulic efficiency: This is calculated from the headless in project components like loss at
entrance, friction loss in conveyances, bend loss, exit loss and loss at reduces etc.

Turbine efficiency: Rated turbine efficiency has been taken as 92% for francis turbine.

Generator efficiency: Generator has iron and copper losses which makes power output lower than
available from mechanical input. The rated efficiency of generator of 96.3% is recommended for
the project.

Transformer efficiency: The rated efficiency of transformer of 98% is recommended for the
project.

9.5 CALCULATION OF POWER AND ENERGY

The following table gives the results of Power and Energy computations.

Page | 60
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Table no. 9.1 Calculation of Power and Energy

Dry season
Average Design Generation Wet season
Months Days Net head energy
flow Flow capacity energy kwhr
kwhr
May 3.33 31 3.33 27.88 792.364 589518.816
June 5.86 30 5.86 27.88 1394.372 1003947.84
July 23.98 31 11 27.88 2617.422 1947361.968
Aug 44.25 31 11 27.88 2617.422 1947361.968
Sep 35.41 30 11 27.88 2617.422 1884543.84
Oct 18.44 31 11 27.88 2617.422 1947361.968
Nov 8.85 30 8.85 27.88 2105.835 1516201.20
Dec 6.64 31 6.64 27.88 1579.971 1175498.424
Jan 4.80 31 4.80 27.88 1142.147 849757.368
Feb 3.33 29 3.33 27.88 792.364 551485.344
Mar 2.44 31 2.44 27.88 580.592 431960.448
Apr 1.77 30 1.77 27.88 421.167 303240.24
Maximum power generation(kw) 19278.5
Total seasonal energy(kwh) 3008701 11139537.84
Annual Generation(Gwh) 3.008 11.13
Total Generation(Gwh) 14.13
Revenue from dry season energy Rs.8.4/kwh 25273093.31
Revenue from wet season energy Rs.4.8/kwh 53469781.63
Total Revenue in NRs 78742874.94

Data:
Project cost: Rs 574780000
Operation and maintenance cost (1.5% of total): Rs 8621700
Economic Life: 30 years
Interest rate: 10%
Revenue: Rs 78742874.94

B/C Ratio:
CR =I(A/P,I=10%,N=30)
=Rs 60972230.31
𝐵𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑡
B/C =
𝐶𝑅+𝑂&𝑀 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡
=1.13>1

NPV=-574780000+78772874.94(P/A,i%,30)
For IRR:
Taking, i=13%
NPV = Rs 15674170.97
Taking i=14%
NPV = -Rs 23160015.64
Thus,IRR =13.4% >10% (OK)
Page | 61
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Payback Period:
Table 9.2: Calculation of Payback Period:
Years Net Cash Flow Cumulative Cash Flow
0 -574780000 -574780000
1 70151175 -504628825
2 70151175 -434477650
3 70151175 -364326475
4 70151175 -294175300
5 70151175 -224024125
6 70151175 -153872950
7 70151175 -83721775
8 70151175 -13570600
9 70151175 56580575

𝐴𝑚𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑜 𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑛
Payback Period=𝑀𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 +
𝑁𝑒𝑥𝑡 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑐𝑎𝑠ℎ 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤
= 8.24 years

Hence, the project is economically feasible.

Page | 62
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 10

CONSTRUCTION PLANNING

10.1 GENERAL
The Lower Mardi river Hydropower Project is a major constructed project in Kaski District of
Gandaki zone. One of the most important activities related to project construction apart from the
main construction work is the construction of the access road to the powerhouse site.

The construction of the project consists of different activities such as the construction of the access
road including bridge, river diversion works for the construction of the diversion weir and intake,
headrace channel, forebay and penstock pipes. The construction of the powerhouse, tailrace and
switchyard are of so some other important activities of the project. The construction also consists
of the installation of electromechanical equipment comprising of turbines, generators and
accessories like governors, exciters, auxiliary equipment and 33 kV transmission line. In addition,
hydro-mechanical components such as gates, valves, hoisting devices, penstock pipes etc, with
also are installed.

A comprehensive study has been carried out to analyze the project tasks. On the basis of the study
results, a feasibility level construction schedule and the cost estimate of the project has been
prepared. The construction schedule has identified the time period and interrelationship of all the
pre-construction activities and the construction activities.

The main objectives of this study are:

 to make reasonable assumptions covering the construction methodology;


 to be adopted at the project construction site based on the site based on the site conditions
prevailing in the area;
 to develop a construction schedule for the implementation of the project by estimating the
probable job completion target and identifying critical elevation, so that the project may
be completed within to construction schedule to avoid unnecessary delay.

10.2 ACCESS ROAD


For the construction of any hydropower project, transportation of heavy machines and equipment
is required. Hence the area of project construction must be accessible for the transportation of such
machines and equipment through a motor able road.

The project area is connected by Hemja-Lhachok rural road. The project headworks site is located
about 15 km away from Pokhara. The access road and bridge required for access to the different
sites are proposed to be constructed before the award of the contract for the main civil works to
curtail the construction period of the project. About 6 months will be required to construct this
road.

Page | 63
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

10.3 CAMPING FACILITIES


The Contractor has to construct camps for his work force comprising of skilled and unskilled
labours. The camp has to be well managed to avoid the potential hazards in order to maintain
socio-cultural as well as environmental integrity. It is envisaged that the civil contractor has to
construct two such camps one near the powerhouse site and another near the headwork site. Other
contractors also have to construct their own camps in the area between the powerhouse and
headwork. The Employer also has to make a provision to construct a separate camp for the
employees and Engineers. The camp constructed for the employees and Engineers may be
converted to the camp required for the operation and maintenance of the power plant. Much of
the construction camps will be built from pre-fabricated units, which will be dismantled once the
project is completed.

Areas required for the construction facilities consist of spaces required for permanent camps for
construction management staff, temporary camps for contractor’s staff and labour, construction
materials processing and stock piling, workshop, equipment storage, medical facilities etc.

10.3.1 Water Supply


Water supply for the camps may be delivered form the existing streams nearby by constructing a
suitable water supply system. The construction camp at the headworks site may be fed by a water
supply system from the Mardi river near the tyrolean weir.

10.3.2 Communication
Communication to and from the project site may be carried out through VHF sets. Currently a
telephone network exists at very nearby the site. Ribhan has a telephone communication system
connected to Nepal Telecommunication Corporation (NTC). Once the project is commissioned,
Power Line Cable Communication (PLCC) will be used for information exchange between the
powerhouse and the load dispatch center.

10.3.3 Camp Electrification


Electrification of the camps may be carried out form the 11 kV line extended from the 33 kV
transmission line constructed for the supply of construction power in the project area. It is
suggested that the 11 kV main line to powerhouse and headworks site be constructed before the
start of the construction works in the site.

10.4 CONTRACT PACKAGE


The project can be implemented with conventional BOQ based contract, where the project works
are carried out by contractors and client undertakes the supervision and management having
various experts for design and consultancy of the project.

While deciding on contract packaging it is essential to use local resources and expertise to the
maximum so that the cost of the project is minimized. Currently there is no manufactures in Nepal
which can manufacture turbines and generating equipment of the size required by the project.
Hence the supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of electromechanical
equipment contract shall be made with foreign manufacturer through International Competitive
Bidding (ICB) procedures. The other works involved in the project could be undertaken by local
contractors. Hence, civil works, transmission lines and metal works bidding can be carried out
through local competitive bidding (LCB) procedure. As this is a small size hydropower project,
the following contract packaging can be recommended.

Page | 64
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Package 1: Civil Works


a. Access Road and Camps
b. Civil Works in surface components
c. Tunnelling works

Package 2: Metal Works


a. Supply of NS sheet
b. Transportation of sheet from factory to workshop
c. Metal Fabrication
(i) Penstock pipe
(ii) Gate, fittings and specials
d. Erection of pipes, gates and specials

Package 3: Transmission Line & Construction power


a. Construction Power
b. Transmission Line

Package 4: Electro-mechanical Equipment


a. Water to wire electromechanical equipment
b. Interconnection facilities

Alternatively, the project can also be built through the engineering, procurement and construction
(EPC) contract packaging which could reduce the cost and shorten construction period.

10.5 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE


The construction of hydropower projects is a composite task as it involves numerous works in
various fields. These activities need to be correlated and managed in time to get expected benefit
from the project otherwise hydropower project may lead to unfeasible and not profitable business
even though the project is attractive technically and economically.

The following list of activities is mentioned as reference to be concluded for the project
implementation from the initial planning days.

Stage 1: Development Stage


- Project Identification, Desk Study
- Survey License
- Project Survey Feasibility Study and Report Preparation
- Power Evacuation Study and Connection Agreement
- Financial Arrangement
- Power Purchase Agreement
- IEE Study and Relevant Approval.

Stage 2: Construction Preparation Stage


- Detailed Topographic / Cadastral Survey and Detailed Investigation
- Detailed Engineering Design and Tender Document Preparation.
- Land Procurement and Leasing
- Financial Closure
- Construction License
- Forest Clearance and lease of government land
- Formation of Construction Management and Supervision team

Page | 65
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

- Tendering and Evaluation


- Formation of Coordination Committee

Stage 3: Implementation Stage


- Contractors mobilization
- Construction of Access road and Camping facilities
- Opening of L/C for metal sheets and machines
- Construction management and supervision
- Management, payment and disbursements
- Testing and commissioning
- Generation license
- Trail production

Stage 4: Operation Stage


- Commercial operation
- Operation and maintenance

All construction activities will be mainly concentrated in the dam site and the powerhouse site.
Following are the main activities during construction:

 Diversion weir
 The intake structure, connecting channel, sandtrap
 Headrace channel
 Forebay
 Penstock
 Powerhouse and switchyard
 Tailrace structures

Based on the comprehensive study and construction planning, a detailed master construction
schedule has been prepared. The work involved at each of these areas is outlined below.

Preparatory Works
The preparatory works of the project for the main construction work will consists of land
acquisition followed by the construction of access road, camp facilities, construction power upto
pipe erection site, and workshop and camp site. The preparatory works like contractors camp
facilities, connection of construction power to the actual works area, drinking water supply, fixing
of quarry sites, fixing of sites for construction equipment, batching plant etc. will be managed by
respective contractors. The following preparatory works has to be carried out in the beginning of
the construction works.

 Access Road
 Camps, Water Supply and Sanitation facilities
 Construction power
 Communication System

In order to provide the necessary access to the work areas, camp site, borrow areas and disposal
areas, an access road to the disposal areas and proposed camp site will be constructed. The basic
assumptions, principal project components and their sequence of activities and construction works
to be executed in the project area are presented in the following sections.

Page | 66
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Basic Assumptions
Following are the basic assumptions used for the construction planning.

 Eight hours per shift is assumed.


 Five months of a year starting from the month of June is considered as wet season.
 Detail engineering work is assumed to require 6 months.

Financial arrangement will be carried out in parallel to the detail engineering study before the
construction works starts. Hence only the construction activities is listed in the bar chart.

Diversion Weir
The headworks comprises of a weir, intake . Construction of tyrolean weir and intake will be
completed in two dry seasons.
Firstly the right bank will be dewatered by diverting the river to left bank. Based on the available
river width after the first stage diversion, water depth flowing through the channel is calculated
and height of cofferdam with 1.0 m free board is adopted.
The river diversion will be followed by excavation for the foundation of the intake and a part of
free flow spillway. Once concerting for intake and a part of the weir have been completed,
installation of hydraulic structures will be made. After the rainy season, the river will be diverted
to the right bank so as to construct the remaining weir portion. The construction of intake and
weir will thus be carried out in two phases each of 4 months.

Intake Channel and Sandtrap


Major works of 100 m long intake canal connecting intake and sandtrap consist of earthwork,
slope stabilization, concreting work and erection of hydraulic steel structure. That task will be
completed over a period of 8 months comprising 4 months for excavation and 4 months for
concreting and erecting of hydraulic steel structure.

Headrace Channel
Of the water conveyance system, the headrace tunnel is the critical component of project
construction requiring an estimate time of 15 month. Hence, the special emphasis has to be made
for this component of work to ensure timely allocation of resources like equipment, material and
man power.
The total length up to forebay is 800 m.

Forebay
The forebay has a length of 62.5 m. Major works include surface excavation of invert and
concreting work. The total construction of forebay will be completed in about 4 months.

Penstock
The penstock has a diameter of 2.1 m and length of 200m upto the bifurcation point. The diameter
after the bifurcation is 1.40 m. The inclined penstock portion will be excavated form the top to
the bottom as open surface excavation as per the design shape and size. Anchor blocks will be
concerted upto the penstock base level. The saddle piers concrete works and slope protection
works will be carried out. After installation of the penstock pipe in line and alignment, it will be
concerted around in the anchor blocks and designed by providing reinforcement bars.
The total construction period of the penstock supports including installation works will be about
10 months.

Powerhouse

Page | 67
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The powerhouse construction works comprises surface excavation, slope stabilization, concreting,
erection of electromechanical equipment and ancillary structures. Once excavation has been made
for the foundation, compaction of subsurface will be made. Concreting of the subsurface & super
structure will be carried out followed up by erection of gantry crane. Installation of equipment
will be carried out once the civil works has been completed. It is anticipated that powerhouse
excavation will require 2 months while erection of standard will need another 10 months.

Tailrace & Outlet


Major works comprise earthwork, concreting, erection of gates etc. This activity will be
undertaken during dry season and will require a period of 3 months.

Electro-mechanical Equipment
After the civil works contract has been awarded, the tendering for electromechanical works will
be started. The electromechanical works consists of design, manufacturing, transportation,
installation, testing and commissioning of equipment such as turbines, generators, transformers,
Overhead Crane, hydro-mechanical works and their ancillary accessories.
Design manufacture, shop testing and delivery at the site will require 9 months. Erection will
require 4 months while testing will require another 1 month.

Switch Yard
The activity includes earthwork, preparation of base, erection of equipment etc. It will be built
over a period of 3 months.

Construction Planning and Scheduling


Prior to the award of the main contract of hydropower, detail engineering and financial
arrangements are to be completed. Contract negotiation will be completed parallel to detail
engineering study. The negotiation and mobilization would require period of 2 months.

Project Scheduling
The project construction planning has been carried out using `Microsoft Project‘ which is a
standard software used for such purpose.

As tunnel is the critical component of project construction special attention has to be made for it.
These include timely procurement of construction materials, sufficient number of shifts to achieve
an advance rate. Total duration of the project completion after the contract award is estimated to
be 36 months.

Page | 68
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 11

INITIAL ENVIRONMENT EXAMINATION


11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The present study area, the Mardi River is located at the northern corner of Pokhara valley of
Kaski district. Mardi river basin (83̊50'E to 83̊ 56'E and 28̊ 19'N to 28̊ 29'N ) situated in the
foothills of Annapurna mountain range, representative of mid-hill watersheds of western Nepal.
Climate of the area varies from warm and humid subtropical to cool and dry alpine along with
elevation variation. Temperature in the study area ranges between 20-30 degrees in summer and
7-8 degrees in winter.
The power production of the proposed hydropower project is 2.61MW with gross head of 30m
and gross annual energy of 14.06 Gwh.

11.2 STUDY METHODOLOGY

The IEE process follows the Environment Protection Rules, 1997, and amendment made on
2009 (2065/11/26) and National EIA Guidelines, 1993. This IEE is prepared based on field
studies and consultation with local people and officials. For the physical environment, data on
climate, geology and land were taken. Likewise, in socio-economic and cultural environment
data on population, ethnicity, religion and religious sites, infrastructure, etc are used for the
study. An interaction meeting was held at the project site.

11.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL ACTS, RULES/REGULATIONS,


POLICIES, GUIDELINES, AND CONVENTIONS

Water Resources Act (1992), Electricity Act (1992), Water Resource Regulations (1993),
Electricity Regulation (1993), Hydropower Development Policy (1992), etc were studied while
preparing the report. In addition, important Acts and Regulations like EPA (1996) and EPR
(1997) and its amendments, Land Acquisition Act 1977, Forest Act (1993), and Forest Rules
(1995), Local Self Governance Act (1999) and Regulation (2000), National Environmental
Impact Assessment Guidelines (1993), Forest Produce, Collection and Sales Distribution
Guidelines (2000), etc were also extensively reviewed while preparing the report.

11.4 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

11.4.1 Physical Environment


The proposed hydropower project is located at slopy terrain along the right bank of Mardi River.
The altitude of the proposed site is approximately 1098m. The project will require 5.306 ha
(104 ropani) land for the construction of hydropower. Out of total 3.687ha is cultivated land.
The land will be acquired permanently.

Page | 69
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

11.4.2 Biological Environment


The natural vegetation and forest ecosystem in the project area consist of mainly sisau and Sal
mixes forest and sub-tropical mixed hardwood forests.

Mammals such as Barking deer (Muntiacus munjak), Jackal (Canis aureus), Porcupine (Hystrix
Indica), Rhesus Monkey (Macaca mulata), Malsapro (Martes flavigula), squirrel (Fuinambulas
palmaurum) etc. are reported in the project affected area.

Common Myna (Acridotheres tristis), House Crow (Corvus splendens) and House Sparrow
(Passer domesticus). Koilee (Eudyanamus sp) etc are reported bird species in the project area.
Listed plant species in the project area are Sal (Shorea robusta), and Simal (Bombax ceiba).
Similarly, Rhesus monkey (Macca mullatta), common langur (Maccac assamensis) and leopard
(Panthera parades) are the listed wild animals found in the area.

The project site falls in Annapurna conservation area.

11.4.3 Socio–economic and Cultural Environment


The major settlements within the surrounding project area are Rivan, Lwang, Ghalel, shidding
Dadagaun, Khoramukh, Thathi and Saitighatta. Chhetri, Gurung and Brahmin are major ethnic
groups in the project area. Occupational caste like Kami and Damai also reside in the project area
but in outlying project area.

Agriculture is the major occupation of the people in the project area. The rest of the people are
engaged in business, government service, labour, agro-based industries, livestock and poultry
farming, etc. Health service in the project area is delivered through the existing sub-health post
and health post in VDC.

11.5 IMPACT ASSEMENT


Adverse Impact

11.5.1 Physical Impacts


Since the proposed hydropower will be located at the specific site having about 5.306 ha of land
area, it will not make difference to topography of the project area. Moreover, the proposed
hydropower site is situated at sloppy terrain. Therefore, the project contraction may have
apparent impact on topography and slope stability.

Land take and land use change are main physical impacts. The project will not require land for
temporary use during the construction phase.

The construction activities like site clearance, excavation of the building foundation, vehicular
movement will generate dust and emission at the project site. However, the construction
activities are limited to small area and not in massive scale. Similarly, there may be noise due
to excavator machine and vehicle as well even workforce.

11.5.2 Biological Environment


Lower Mardi River hydropower project requires certain area of cultivated land at particular site.
Such site has been proposed avoiding the forest land. Hence, there will not be direct impact on
Page | 70
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

the forest. Consequently, other impacts on the biological environment of the project are
expected to be low.

The possible adverse impacts on wildlife and avifauna population during the project
construction phase are possibility of hunting and poaching by labour force and disturbance in
the migratory movement of mammals and birds.

11.5.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment


The implementation of the proposed project will affect 48 households. The project will acquired
3.6 ha of cultivated land (private land). The total loss of crops due to the project implementation
is estimated to be 50.2MT (Paddy-26.7MT, Wheat- 8.1MT and Maize- 8.1MT). With the
increase in population along with the construction activities, a potential decline of the access to
the drinking water and sanitation condition will occur in the project area.

One of the major beneficial impacts of the project during the construction phase is the creation
of employment opportunity. Altogether, 50 people will be deployed during the construction of
the project. In this regard, the employment opportunities contribute to poverty alleviation to
some extent.

11.6 ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS

Some of the major alternatives considered during the feasibility and IEE studies were: which
have minimal environmental impact, avoid build up swampy and unstable areas, provide easy
access for construction and maintenance works and avoid settlements as far as possible

11.7 MITIGATION & ENHANCEMENT

11.7.1 Physical Environment


The muck generated during the excavation will be used for backfilling and the area will be
restored. Proper compaction of the excavated soil will be done. Adequate surface and sub-
surface drainage will be provided at the project area to drain away the excess water and prevent
water logging.

The construction and operation of the hydropower will not have significant impact on the air
quality of the project impact area. Vehicle utilized for construction will be complied with GoN
mass emissions standards.

11.7.2 Biological Environment


There is not any need to forest clearance, project totally avoided forest.

The project workers will strictly be prevented from hunting and poaching and any other kind of
illegal activities related to hunting and poaching. Informative and warning sign will be placed
at relevant construction sites.

The project group will implement awareness program to aware local people and member of
forest users group of the project area about the importance of forest conservation and wildlife
and economic importance of forest and its role in rural society.
Page | 71
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

11.7.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment


Compensation for land
The total compensation for the land to acquired and utilized by the project is estimated to be
NRs. 59, 61,269. The required land will be acquired according to the Land Acquisition Act,
2034 BS and with mutual understanding between the affected families and the proponent.
Compensation of loss of crops
The total compensation for the loss of 50.2 MT is estimated to be NRs. 6,82,690 only.
Health, Sanitation and Safety Program
An awareness program will be conducted in the project area to alert local people to the potential
dangers related to health, sanitation and safety. This program will be targeted to the people
residing in and around the vicinity

Skill Development Program


The project affected people will be benefited from skill development program on house wiring,
plumbing, welding and other electrical and mechanical works in their own localities.

11.8 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING


In order to implement the project smoothly, the mitigation program, monitoring plan, issues of
public concern and other relevant issues, an Environmental Monitoring will be done. Under this
plan a Unit will be formed which will do the day to day monitoring works.

11.9 CONCLUSION
The total cultivated land requirement will be approximately 3.6 ha (72 ropani). There will be
no direct impact on biological environment. In terms of the loss of land and assets, 48
households will be affected due to the implementation of the project. Various mitigation and
enhancement measures have been proposed during the construction and operation phase of the
project. The total environmental cost (mitigation, enhancement, CSR, and monitoring costs) of
the proposed project is estimated to be NRs. 6,643,959; which is 1.21% of the total project cost.

The IEE study concludes that construction of the proposed Lower Mardi River Hydropower
Project is environmentally and socially feasible if the proposed mitigation measures and
monitoring plans are implemented.

Page | 72
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 12

COST ESTIMATE

12.1 GENERAL
This Section of the report describes the methodology used for the derivation of the project cost.
This final estimate is based on the detailed layouts and study of the optimum project
configuration selected from the optimization studies and hence shall be considered different
from the cost estimates presented in the Chapter Project Optimization.

Quantities take off and carried out based on the final drawing and quantity calculation as
required.

12.2 CRITERIA AND ASSUMPTIONS


The following criteria and assumptions are the basis for the cost estimate.

 Costs are derived from Kaski district rate 076/77 in Nepalese Rupees.
 An exchange rate of US$ 1 = NRs. 110.00 is used.
 Transportation from the nearest Terai Market (Bhairahawa) has been considered.
 Most of the rates are analyzed based on the GoN Norms for estimation purpose.
 Some specific rates which are not available in the norms are analyzed based on the past
reports of similar projects in Nepal.

It is anticipated that open competitive bidding will be sought for awarding the major contracts.

The costs are based on international competitive bidding under the assumption that the project
proves generally attraction to contractors and suppliers.

12.3 ESTIMATING METHODOLOGY


The project is divided into a number of major components for the estimating process as follows:

(1) Land Acquisition, Access Road, Camp and Construction Power facilities.
(2) Main Civil Works consisting of construction of the following structures:

 Tyrolean Weir
 Connecting Channel
 Sand trap
 Headrace Channel
 Forebay
 Penstock supports
 Powerhouse and Central Building
 Tailrace

Page | 73
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

(3) Permanent electromechanical works consisting of the design, manufacturing, delivery,


installation, testing and commissioning of the following equipment:

 Penstock pipes
 Turbines
 Generators
 Transformers
 Auxiliary equipment
 Gates, valves and heisting devices

(4) Switchyard and transmission lines


(5) Physical contingencies
(6) Environmental Impact Mitigation & Management Cost
(7) Engineering, Management and Administration Costs.

12.3.1 Land Acquisition, Camp and Construction Power Facilities


- It is estimated that approximately 4 ha of land shall be acquired. The total cost for land
acquisition is estimated based on the present prevail rate for land.

- In order to account for the cost incurred for the construction of camp facilities, a sum of
1% of the base cost has been considered.

- An allowance of 2% of the base cost has been added to cover to costs for construction
power required for the implementation of the project.

12.3.2 Civil Works


The estimating process was carried out in the following steps:

(a) Division of the project into a number of distinct structure like Tyrolean weir, connecting
channel, sandtrap, headrace channel, forebay, penstock pipe supports, powerhouse and
control building, tailrace conduit .

(b) Identification of distinct construction tasks such as overburden excavation, rock


excavation, stone masonry, backfill work, concrete work, reinforcement work, formwork,
water stop work, lean concrete work, hume pipe work, etc. necessary for the construction
of project structures.

(c) Calculation of the appropriate quantity of each item from maps and drawings.

(d) Development of unit rate of construction works based on district approved rates and
prevailing market rates.

(e) Calculation of cost for each activity by multiplying the quantity obtained in (c) by rates
derived in (d).

(f) Calculation of the cost of each structure by summing up the cost calculated in (e) of
different works required for the structure.

In application of this approach, a contractor’s overhead of 30% was used to reflect contractor’s
profit and overhead expenses.

Page | 74
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

12.3.2.1 Indirect Cost


The indirect cost of the construction of the project is reflected in the cost estimation with the
provision of a contractor’s mark-up factor. The contractor’s mark-up factor is adopted as 1.3.
Thus an amount equivalent to 30% of the direct cost is assumed to be equal to the indirect cost.
This amount covers the contractor’s expenditures including overhead, insurance, different risks
etc. The breakdown of the contractor’s overhead is briefed below.

(a) Supervisory and Support Personnel


This item covers to cost for salaries of staff engaged in the management, supervision, training,
technical control office administration, purchasing, warehousing, security and other general
support services.

(b) Staff Facility Expenses


This item covers the expenses related to initial mobilization i.e. travel expenses, management of
personnel efforts, vacation and other business travel.

(c) Service and Support Equipment


This item covers the cost for procurement, operation and maintenance of equipment and vehicles
required to provide the support services such as transportation of personnel, materials etc. develop
the construction of the project.

(d) Site Facilities


This items covers the cost for the construction operation and maintenance of temporary site
facilities and management of consumables such as workshop, warehouse, utility service stations,
small tools, protection clothing, office materials etc.

(e) Site Restoration and Demobilization


This item covers the cost of clean-up and restoration of the temporary and utility services facilities
and area upon the completion of the construction works including demobilization from the
construction site.

(f) Head Office Overhead Expenditures


This item covers the costs for contractor’s head office expenditures for personnel and support
services.

(g) Financial Cost and Other Risks


This item covers the costs for contractor’s financing including financial hold back and cash flow,
bid bonds, performance bonds, contract insurances and other risks.

(h) Contractor’s Profit and Site Overhead Expenditures


This item covers the allowances for contractor’s profit and other site overhead expenses including
any taxes payable.

12.3.2.2 Resource Cost


(a) Labour Cost
For estimating purposes the labour force is subdivided into three categories of workers, namely
unskilled, skilled and highly skilled. It is also assumed that the work force retained for the project
will be engaged form the local market, and only specific skilled labour will be brought from
outside.

Considering the overall construction requirements of the project, a 6 days x 8 hours' work per
week, is selected as the basis for planning and estimating the major construction activities.
Page | 75
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The unit price of labour wages has also taken the reference of wage rate from similar project in
Nepal at present situation.

(b) Construction Equipment


The access roads will be constructed first to transport the heavy machineries and equipment to the
project site. For rate analysis purpose, equipment rates and derived from the experience in
hydropower projects under construction in Nepal.

(c) Construction Material


The construction materials are categorized into two categories namely local construction materials
and imported construction material. Local construction material includes sand, aggregates, stones
and boulders as well as fuel and lubricants. Most of the civil construction materials e.g. cement,
steel, steel lining, gravels, concrete additives will be imported from India or third country.

(d) Unit Rates


Unit rate have been derived for the major construction activities standard norms of practice and
company’s in house experience have been utilized in the derivation of the unit rates.

Wherever applicable norms published by the Ministry of Works and Physical Planning were used.
The price of labour and materials were obtained from District Approved Rates and also collected
from project under construction in Nepal.

12.3.2.3 Electrical and Mechanical Equipment


The costs of the electrical and electromechanical equipment were estimated by a combination of
methods including:
- Interpretation of budget prices supplied by potential suppliers mainly larger and expensive
equipment such as turbines, generators, power transformers, etc.
- In house estimates using established international prices for more routine items.

12.3.2.4 Switch yard and Transmission Line


The costs of the switch yard components were based:

- Partly on budget prices supplied by potential suppliers and information form the
experiences of other similar projects.
- Partly on in-house estimate using established international prices.

Physical Contingencies
The estimated costs include physical contingencies, which allow for unforeseen cost increases that
may become necessary as more information is obtained and evaluated.

In view of the extent of investigations carried out to date, the present stage of preliminary designs
and the cost analysis performed the following physical contingencies have been allowed.

- Civil Construction Works – 5%


- Electro Mechanical Works – 5%
- Transmission Line Works – 5%

12.3.2.5 Environmental Mitigation and Management Cost

Page | 76
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

An amount of 5% of direct base cost has been included to implement environmental mitigation
measures.

12.3.2.6 Engineering, Management and Administration Cost


An allowance of 4%of the direct base cost has been included to cover the following:

- detailed field investigation


- preparation of detailed designs and tender documents
- preparation of detailed construction drawings
- prequalification of tenderers
- evaluation of tenders
- supervision of construction, testing, and commissioning
- management of procurement
- administration of construction contracts
- measuring the work
- reviewing and approving contractor’s submitted
- cost of owners and consultant’s equipment, supplies, communication and transport.

12.3.2.7 Owner’s Cost


An allowance of 1% is made to cover the owners administration cost.

12.3.2.8 Insurance of Works


Total of project construction cost 0.25 per cent is taken to cover the important policies essential
for construction period.

12.3.2.9 Capital Cost


Based on the above mentioned methodology the cost estimate of the project activities has been
prepared. The outcome of estimation process is presented below:

Table no. 12.1 Summary of Cost Estimates


Sub Head Amount (M. Rs.) % of Total
Weir 33.838 5.89%
Connecting channel 7.823 1.36%
Sandtrap & spill channel 104.290 18.14%
Headrace channel 63.037 10.97%
Forebay & spill channel 130.104 22.64%
Penstock & anchor blocks 34.637 6.03%
Powerhouse 197.620 34.38%
Tailrace channel 3.432 0.60%
TOTAL 574.78 100%

Page | 77
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 13

PROJECT EVALUATION

13.1 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS


The economic analysis is carried out by the usual discounted cash flow technique. Three tools
namely the Internal Rate of Return, Net Present Value and Benefit Cost Ratio have been applied.
The analysis is carried out in Nepalese Currency.

The relevant specific economic parameters that have been applied for the economic analysis in
this study are as follows:

Analysis Period: The construction of the project is assumed to be completed in 3 years. The
economic life of the plant’s civil structures has been assumed to be 50 years and electromechanical
component 30 years from the beginning. Commercial operation period of 30 years has been
assumed.

Exchange Rate: An exchange rate of 1 US$ = NRs. 110 is used.

Interest Rate: A 10 per cent interest rate in real terms has been used, based on the assumed
economic opportunity cost of capital. This is in line with the rate generally used for the power
sector for the evaluation of public sector projects in the country

Economic Investment Cost: As per the existing laws, custom duties at the rate of 1 per cent is
levied on the imported goods that are not manufactured in Nepal. Value added tax at the rate of
13 per cent has not been added to the local cost component for the economic analysis. Based on
these facts, the total economic investment cost of the project is NRs. 574.78 million.

Operation and Maintenance Costs: Annual operation and maintenance costs of the plant in the
first year of commercial operation following completion of the project have been assumed to be
1.5 per cent of the total project cost. Thereafter it is assumed to increase at the annual escalation
rate of 5 per cent.

13.2 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS


The financial analysis of the Mardi River small hydropower project has been carried to ascertain
financial viability of the scheme and the technical feasibility of the scheme. The technical
feasibility of the scheme has been established through the study of technical aspects.

Financial evaluation uses the real monitory values of the cost and benefits and is inclusive of taxes
transfers, duties and escalation. The financial evaluations concern with the private developers of
the project and its impact on their account. Hence, from the perspective of a private developer,
financial evaluation is the most important aspect of the project to determine whether to finance it
or not.

Page | 78
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The conventional approach was followed for conducting the financial analysis. In this approach,
costs and benefits were first estimated on a common basis. For a project to be feasible and viable,
the benefits should be more than the costs. The methodology involves a number of assumptions
based on prevailing values.

Parameters for financial analysis are:

 Net Present Value (NPV)


NPV is the present value of incremental net benefit stream i.e. the sum of the discounted
cash flow of the project costs. It indicates whether the project generates benefits in excess
of those required by the discount rate or not. A project with a positive NPV is thus
considered economic. Net present value is US $ 1.1 Mill.

 Internal Rate of Return (IRR)


Internal Rate of Return (IRR) is a discounted cash flow invested appraisal method that
calculates the discount rates, which causes the net present value of an investment to
become zero. Cash Inflows from the project over its life of 30 years have been taken. After
taking the annual cash inflows of the project over its life IRR is calculated and found to be
13.30% which is higher than the cost of capital i.e. 10%. Therefore project can be
considered as financially feasible and worthy for investment.

 Benefit Cost Ratio


Benefit Cost Ratio or profitability Index is the ratio of present value of the project’s future
cash flows divided by the initial capital outlay. A B/C ratio is more than 1 is the result of
NPV. The benefit cost ratio of the project with the considered cost of capital is calculated
to be 1.13.

 Payback Period
Payback period is the time it takes the cash inflows from a capital investment project equal
to the cash outflows, usually expressed in years. Payback period alone cannot be the basis
to evaluate the project. It ignores some aspects of the overall project. It ignores some
aspects of the overall project. The Simple payback period of the project is found to be 8.24
years.

13.3 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS


The sensitivity analysis is carried out to evaluate the financial robustness of the project during
various extreme unfavourable conditions such as
- Increase in project cost (i.e increase in duration, increase in interest rate, inflation, etc)
- Decrease in revenue

Page | 79
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Chapter – 14

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

14.1 CONCLUSIONS
The proposed Lower Mardi River Hydropower Project is a small scale run of river hydropower
scheme. It is located in Machhapurchre Rural Municipality,Kaski district, Gandaki Zone in
Western development region of Nepal. The following main conclusions have been drawn from
the feasibility study of Lower Mardi River Hydropower Project

(1) The project is technically feasible. The total installed capacity of the Lower Mardi River
Hydropower Project is 2160kW. The scheme has a simple tyrolean weir with sandtrap,
headrace channel of 0.80 km in length, forebay, surface type penstock, surface type
powerhouse and tail race. Two horizontal shafts francis turbines are envisaged, which can
be operated at a rated net head of 27.9 m and total rated turbine flow of 5.50 m3/sec.
Generating units have the capacity of 2 x 1080 kW = 2160 kW. The units are installed in
a surface type powerhouse. The total energy generation of the plant will be 14.1 GWh.

(2) The project is also economically feasible and financially viable. The cost of the project at
2019 price level, including contingencies and engineering is estimated to be NRs. 574.78
million. The financial internal rate of return is 13.30% and benefit cost ratio is 1.13.

(3) The construction period of the project from the date of contract award of the civil works
till the completion of the project work is 36 months including mobilization, testing and
commissioning.

(4) In addition to suitable topography, hydrology and geology for the development of
hydropower project, the location of project site is close and accessible from the district
headquarter. This is a very attractive project for private sector investment.

(5) The project will have low environmental impacts, typical for a run of river hydropower
project. No household dislocation and rehabilitation problems exist in this project.

(6) There are no upstream or downstream irrigation facilities of community water supply
systems to be affected by the project.

Job opportunities for the local people, local market development, rural electrification,
access road and contribution to regional development are some of the direct positive
impacts.

Page | 80
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

14.2 RECOMMENDATIONS
The project is recommended for implementation from technical, economical, financial and
environmental points of view.

Following measures have been recommended for the proposed Lower Mardi River Hydropower
Project :

(1) Further rock support design has to be carried out.

(2) The mitigation measures recommended should be implemented during the construction
phase of the project.

(3) The field layout of the structures and review works has to be done before contractor is
mobilized and field accommodation have to be made on drawings before issuing the
working drawings with coordinates of major structures to the contractors.

(4) The competent construction supervision team has to be formed for getting maximum
efficiency and quality for benefit of the project.

(5) PPA have to be done, so that the construction activities shall be started.

(6) In order to optimize the cost of transmission line, efforts should be made for cost sharing
with co-developers in this basin.

Page | 81
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
APPENDIX A-
HYDRAULIC
DESIGN
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF TYROLEAN WEIR

- BASIC DATA
Design discharge for power
QA = 8.50 m3/s
generation
Design flood discharge (100
QF = 346.60 m3/s
years)
Crest length (total) LS = 27.14 m
River bed level at weir site = 1094.34 m a.s.l.
Minimum headwater depth ho = 0.5 m
Contraction coefficient for
µ = 0.85 (round bars)
trashrack
Clear distance between bars a = 1.48 cm
C/c spacing of bars d = 3.0 cm
Inclination of trashrack β = 15 degree
k value against β k = 0.872

-
H|1
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

FLOOD DISCHARGE

For un-controlled ogee crest


Where:
Discharge coefficient C = 1.99
Design flood discharge (100
Q100 = 346.599 m3/s
years)
Crest length (total) LS = 27.14 m
Flood surcharge over the crest He = 3.46 m

Depth Discharge Weir - Rating Curve


0.0 0.00 4.5

0.4 17.32 4.0

0.8 40.75 3.5


Flow Depth (m)

1.2 75.77 3.0

1.6 115.35 2.5

2.0 159.19 2.0


2.4 206.66 1.5
2.8 257.58 1.0
3.2 311.02 0.5
3.6 367.71 0.0
0.00 100.00 200.00 300.00 400.00 500.00
4.0 427.47
Flow (cumecs)

TRASHRACK

Initial water height

Depth at upstream edge of rack h = 0.29 m

Coefficient

Coefficient c = 0.28

Add sandtrap flushing discharge i.e. 20 % of Turbine flow

Discharge to be diverted
H|2
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Let width of trashrack along river b = 27.14 m (designed)


Assuming 20% blockage due to
b = 21.7 m
stones

Sloped length of trashrack LI = 1.23 m


Increase length by 20% L = 1.48 m
Width along trashrack (with
b (m) = 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0
blockage)
Length of trashrack L (m) = 1.34 1.22 1.12 1.03

GEOMETRY OF WEIR

Depth of u/s stone apron below


= 0.00 m
NSL
Thickness of stone apron (u/s &
dSA = 1.00 m
d/s)
Height of rack section above u/s
hra = 0.30 m
apron
Height of overflow section above
hof = 0.50 m
rack

m.a.s.l
Required bed El: of stilling basin ELBS = 1092.00
.

Thickness of stilling basin floor


tsb1 = 1.50 m
at start
Thickness of stilling basin floor
tsb2 = 0.50 m
at end
Height of end sill from stilling
des = 0.50 m
basin

Length of stone aprons LSA = 10.00 m

Width of side walls at top wswT = 0.60 m


Width of side walls at bottom wswB = 0.90 m
Free board for walls f.b. = 0.50 m

Depth of u/s cutoff du/s = 3.00 m


Depth of d/s cutoff dd/s = 3.00 m
Thickness of cutoffs tcf = 0.50 m

H|3
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN LEVELS

Top EL: of u/s stone apron ELTUS = 1094.34 m a.s.l.


Bed EL: of u/s stone apron ELBUS = 1093.34 m a.s.l.
Crest EL: of trashrack section CLTS = 1094.64 m a.s.l.
Crest EL: of overflow section CLOS = 1095.14 m a.s.l.

Foundation El: at weir axis FLDF = 1089.71 m a.s.l.


Foundation El: of stilling basin at
ELBF1 = 1091.50 m a.s.l.
start
Foundation El: of stilling basin at
ELBF2 = 1092.50 m a.s.l.
end
Bed level of stilling basin ELBS = 1093.00 m a.s.l.

Top EL: of end sill ELES = 1093.50 m a.s.l.


Top EL: of d/s stone apron ELDS = 1093.50 m a.s.l.

Top EL: of u/s side wall TLUW = 1099.10 m a.s.l. F.B. = 0.50m
Top EL: of d/s side wall TLDW = 1097.00 m a.s.l.

Bed EL: of embedded channel


ELEC = 1090.31 m a.s.l.
(start)
Water EL: in embedded channel
ELWL = 1093.31 m a.s.l.
(start)

Length of stilling basin LB = 13.31 m (calculated)


Length of stilling basin LB = 14.00 m (provided)

The length of stilling basin may be reduced due to economic considerations, keeping in
view the fact that the boulders carried by the river/nullah during flood season will deposit in
the stilling basin providing an armouring layer. A cut-off wall to bed rock of suitable depth
should also be provided for added protection against undermining by scour.

H|4
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

1096.0
Longitudinal Section
1095.1
1095.0
Elevation (m asl)

1094.0

1093.0 1093.0

1092.0

1091.0

1090.0 1089.6
1089.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Distance (m)

X-Section
1100.0

1098.0
Elevation (m asl)

1096.0

1094.0

1092.0

1090.0

1088.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0
Distance (m)

EMBEDDED CHANNEL (COLLECTING CANAL)

Width of embedded channel B = L*cosβ (Recomm.1.43m)


Width of embedded channel B = 1.43 m

Maximum allowable width Bmax. = 2.50 m


Trashrack bars longer than about 2.50 m may require support as slenderness ratios become
excessive.
Check B < Bmax. = O.K.

Roughness (1 / Manning 'n') kS = 66.67 (concrete)


Longitudinal slope of channel I = 0.50 %
Length of embedded channel lC = 28.24 m

Mannings Formula (rect. channels)


H|5
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

= 14.05
Water depth in embedded channel t = 3.01 m
Freeboard (25% of water depth) f = 0.75 m
Total depth of embedded
Dt = 3.76 m (recommended)
channel
Total depth of embedded (provided
Dt = 3.95 m
channel )

Embedded Channel - Rating Curve Depth Discharge


4.0
3.5 0.0 0.00
0.4 0.99
Flow Depth (m)

3.0
2.5 0.8 2.59
2.0 1.1 4.38
1.5 1.5 6.25
1.0 1.9 8.17
0.5 2.3 10.11
0.0 2.6 12.07
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 30.00 3.0 14.05
Flow (cumecs) 3.4 16.04
3.8 18.03

HEADLOSS & WATER LEVEL IN EMBEDDED CHANNEL

FRICTION LOSS
Friction headloss (Manning)

Velocity in embedded channel V = 1.97 m/s


Hydraulic radius R = 0.71 m

Friction headloss (Manning) hf = 0.039 m

GATE SLOT LOSS

H|6
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Where

and Weisbach coefficient

Velocity (just before the slots) vin = 1.97 m/s


Width of entrance flume B = 1.86 m
Depth of entrance flume h = 3.01 m

Width of gate slot eg = 0.30 m


Depth of gate slot dg = 0.10 m

if d > 0.2e then y* = 0.2e


& if d <= 0.2e then y* = d
For gate slots yg* = 0.06 m

Coefficient (gate slots) βg = 0.922


Weisbach coefficient (gate slots) αg = 0.920

Head loss at gate slots hLG = 0.003 m

TOTAL HEADLOSS IN EMBEDDED CHANNEL (Gate Slots + Friction)

Total headloss in embedded channel hLT = 0.04 m

Bed EL: of embedded channel 1090.1


= m a.s.l.
(start) 9
1093.2
Water EL: in embedded channel (start) = m a.s.l.
0

1090.0
Bed EL: of embedded channel (end) = m a.s.l.
8
Water EL: in embedded channel 1093.0
= m a.s.l.
(end) 9

H|7
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

STILLING BASIN

Recommended Stilling Basins Types


(USBR)
Floor Lining Only. No Special Energy Dissipating
Type 0
Devices
Type I U/S Chute Blocks and Optional Terminal Sill
U/S Chute Blocks, Interm. Baffle Blocks and Terminal
Type II
Sill
Type III U/S Chute Blocks and Terminal Dentated Sill

Stilling Energy Dissipaters


Froude No. Basin Chute Baffle
type End Sill
Blocks Blocks
Not Not
1.7 ≥ F ≤ 2.5 Type I Not Required
Required Required
w=D1
(max.)
Height from
s=2.5w
graph
h=2D1 Not
2.5 ≥ F ≤ 4.5 Type IV
Required
upper
surface
Slope 2:1
sloped at
5º D/S
Height
Height from
from
graph
graph
F > 4.5, v < 60 ft/s Type III h=w=s=D1 w=s=3/4
Height
Slope 2:1
of
Blocks
Dentated Sill
Not h=0.2D2
F > 4.5, v > 60 ft/s Type II h=w=s=D1
Required w=0.15D
2
s=0.15D2
h=height of block/sill , w=weight of block/sill , h=height of block/sill, s=spacing of
block/sill
d1= Pre-jump depth, d2= Post-jump depth, v= incoming velocity

H|8
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

TAILWATER RATING CURVE

Tailwater Rating Curve


1,102

1,101 W.L. Q
1,100
(m a.s.l.) (m3/s)
1093.5 0.0
1,099
1094.0 10.6
1,098
Elevation (m)

1094.5 32.7
1,097
1095.0 62.9
1,096
1095.5 99.4
1,095 1096.5 187.5
1,094 1097.0 237.7
1,093 1098.0 347.9
0.0 200.0 400.0 600.0 800.0
1099.0 468.9
Discharge (m3/s) 1101.0 735.7

Discharge Q = 43.3 86.6 173.3 346.599


Velocity V = 2.6 5.0 8.0 8.2
Depth before jump D1 = 0.61 0.64 0.80 1.55
Froude number FR1 = 1.06 2.00 2.86 2.11
Undula Oscillatin
Jump type Type = Weak Weak
r g
Depth after jump D2 = 0.66 1.51 2.85 3.92
Length of jump / basin LB = 1.65 6.55 14.64 17.47
1093.
Bottom Elevation ELB = 1094.0 1093.5 1094.1
8

Froude Number

(Where V & D are velocity and depth of flow entering the jump)

Manning's Equation

Depth after the jump D2 = 3.93 m

Flow velocity - after the jump V2 = 3.25 m/s

Froude Number - after the jump FR2 = 0.52 dimensionless


(Recommended Froude Number 4.5 ≤ FR1 ≤ 9, for stable & steady hydraulic jump)

H|9
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Ratio of conjugate depths

Alternatively

Depth before the jump D1 = 1.55 m


Flow velocity - before the jump V1 = 8.24 m/s
Froude Number - before the jump FR1 = 2.11 dimensionless

Energy loss through the jump

Energy loss through the jump EL = 0.5533

Length of stilling basin LB = α (D2 - D1) α = 5.00


Length of stilling basin LB = 11.90 m

Alternatively
Length of stilling basin

Length of stilling basin LB = 13.31 m

Alternatively
Length of stilling basin

Stilling Basin Type “K”


Stilling basin with a vertical or sloping end sill and one or two rows of baffle
1.4
blocks.

Stilling basin with a vertical or sloping end sill 1.7

Stilling basin with a sloping end sill and one or two rows of baffle blocks 2

Length of stilling basin LB = 8.09 m


Select larger value of LB LB = 13.31 m
Height of walls of basin HB = D2 + 0.1 * (D1 + V1)
Height of walls of basin HB = 4.00 m
H | 10
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

U/S flood water level Ku = 1098.60 masl


U/S flood water level Kd = 1096.93 masl
Crest level Ks = 1095.14 masl
End sill level Kr = 1093.50 masl

STABILITY AGAINST UPLIFT

CREEP LENGTH

Minimum creep length for no


piping
Where:
Minimum creep length = Lcr
Net head (maximum value) = Hnet

Overflow case

Net head Hn1 = 1.67 m

Full u/s no tailwater case

Net head Hn2 = 1.64 m


Maximum net head Hnet = 1.67 m

Mimimum creep length Lcr(min) = 5.01 m (required)

Values of C to be used in creep analysis (Kashef, 1987)

Foundation Material "C"


Very fine sand or silt 8.50
Fine sand 7.00
Medium sand 6.00
Coarse sand 5.00
Fine gravel 4.00
Medium gravel 3.50
Coarse gravel including cobbles 3.00
Boulders with some cobbles and gravel 2.50
Soft clay 3.00
Medium clay 2.00
Hard clay 1.80
Very hard clay or hardpan 1.60

H | 11
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Total creep length (by Lane)


Where:
Total creep length in vertical direction ΣLv = 12.50 m

Total creep length in horizontal


ΣLh = 20.00 m
direction

Total creep length (by Lane) ΣLcr = 19.17 m (provided)

Check ΣLcr ≥ Lcr(min) = O.K.

UPLIFT FORCE

The uplift force at any point 'x'

Where:
Uplift pressure head = ux m
The u/s water depth = h m
El. at point 'x' relative to river bed = Hx m
Creep length upto point 'x' = Lx m

Weight of stilling basin per meter


Wsb = 525.0 kN (provided)
width
Weight of stilling basin per meter
Wsb = 173.7 kN (required)
width

H | 12
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Uplift pressure head at; h Hx Lx ux


1 At toe of glacis = 4.26 -1.34 7.67 3.04
2 At center of stilling basin = 4.26 -1.34 10.50 2.10
3 At end of stilling basin = 4.26 -1.34 19.17 -0.79

FLOOR THICKNESS

The thickness of d/s floor

The thickness of d/s floor at; h G-1 t (m)


At toe of glacis = 1.05 1.4 1.00
At center of stilling basin = 0.69 1.4 0.66
At end of stilling basin = 0.33 1.4 0.32

Uplift force per meter width Fu = 157.9 kN

Factor of safety against uplift

Factor of safety against uplift FSu = 3.5

Check FSu ≥ 1.4 = O.K.


SAFETY FROM HYDRAULIC SHEAR FAILURE

No. of flow channels nC = 2 no.


No. of potential steps nS = 40 no.

Specific weight of water γW ≈ 10.0 kN/m3


Specific weight of sand/gravel γF ≈ 20.0 kN/m3
'n' for sand/gravel n ≈ 0.35

U/s water depth hO = 4.26 m


U/s water elevation = 1098.60 m asl

D/s water depth hU = 3.43 m


D/s water elevation = 1096.93 m asl

Δh = 1.67 m
Head across the weir

H | 13
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Critical hydraulic gradient

Critical hydraulic gradient Icrit. = 0.65


Existing gradient at critical point 'f'
ΔnS ≈ 0.17 m

Existing gradient at critical point 'f' Iexist. = 0.25

Safety factor υ = Icrit. / Iexist.


Safety factor υ = 2.59

Check safety factor 'υ' ≥ 2 = O.K.

SLIDING STABILITY CHECK

Height of crest above river bed hC = 0.80 m


U/s water depth hO = 4.26 m
D/s water depth hU = 3.43 m

Specific weight of water γW ≈ 10.0 kN/m3


Specific weight of sand/gravel γF ≈ 20.0 kN/m3
H | 14
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Specific weight of concrete γC ≈ 25.0 kN/m3

Depth of foundation below river


dF = 4.75 m
bed
Thickness of d/s floor tF = 1.50 m

Length of glacis (along the river) LG = 4.28 m


Length of d/s floor (along the
LD = 14.00 m
river)
Length of foundation (along the
LF = 14.50 m
river)

Surcharge over the crest hS = 3.46 m


H | 15
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Δh = 0.83 m
Head across the weir

Note: All forces are related to a weir width of 1m

VERTICAL FORCES
Weight of structure G = W1 + W2 +W3
Weight of structure G = 1905.8 kN
Water surcharge WV
Water surcharge WV = 632.5 kN

Force due to seepage water


S
pressure
Force due to seepage water
S = 637.4 kN
pressure

Force due to tailwater pressure U


Force due to tailwater pressure U = 491.7 kN

Sum of vertical forces ΣV = G + WV - S - U

Sum of vertical forces ΣV = 1409.2 kN

HORIZONTAL FORCES
Force due to headwater WH1e =
Force due to headwater WH1e = 202.7 kN

Force due to tailwater WHr =


Force due to tailwater WHr = 90.1 kN

Bed load pressure PG =


Bed load pressure PG = 25.0 kN

Sum of horizontal forces ΣH = WH1e + PG - WHr

Sum of horizontal forces ΣH = 137.6 kN

STABILITY AGAINST SLIDING

Stability against sliding


tanɸ 0.60 gravel, sand
H | 16
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Noncohesive
tan ϕ
soils
sand 0.56
gravel 0.60
rubble/stones 0.70
Cohesive soils
clay 0.20
sandy clay 0.30

vG = 10.24

Check safety factor 'vG' ≥ 1.5 = O.K.

CONCRETE VOLUME
Concrete quantity in u/s & d/s
cutoffs

Concrete quantity in u/s & d/s


Ccf = 81.42 m3
cutoffs

Concrete quantity in end sill

Concrete quantity in end sill Ces = 23.75 m3

Concrete quantity in stilling basin

Concrete quantity in stilling basin Csb = 379.96 m3

Concrete quantity in crest block CCB = 43.02 m3

Concrete quantity in u/s side walls Cusw = 178.20 m3

Concrete quantity in d/s side walls Cdsw = 223.05 m3

PCC quantity in top layer Ctl = 1.06 m3

PCC quantity in blinding layer Cbl = 52.33 m3


H | 17
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Total concrete quantity (RCC) CRcc = 929.40 m3

Total PCC quantity CPcc = 53.38 m3

RIVER DIVERSION DURING CONSTRUCTION

Diversion flood (10 years) Qdf = 0.0 m3/s

Diversion through main river / nullah i.e. two stage construction


br = 13.57 m
Width of river bed
Flow depth yr = 0.00 m

Assume flow section to be


trapezoidal
Side slope z = 1.00 1v : zh

Manning ''n' for river n = 0.030


Avg. slope of river at weirsite S = 0.166 m/m

Flow area
Wetted perimeter

Flow velocity

Flow velocity V = 0.13 m/s


Discharge capacity Qr = 0.0 m3/s

Check Qr ≥ Qdf = O.K.

Freeboard for cofferdam f.b. = 0.50 m


Total height of cofferdam hcd = 0.70 m

Bed elevation of cofferdam ELB = 1094.24 masl


Top elevation of cofferdam ELT = 1094.94 masl

Crest width of coffer dam wcd = 1.00 m


Base width of coffer dam

H | 18
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Base width of coffer dam bcd = 2.40 m

Length of coffer dam (Stage-I) Lcd1 = 68.57 m

Volume of coffer dam (Stage-I)

Volume of coffer dam (Stage-I) Vcd1 = 81.60 m3

Length of coffer dam (Stage-II) Lcd2 = 23.57 m


Volume of coffer dam (Stage-II) Vcd2 = 28.05 m3

Total quantity of coffer dam (I +


Vcd = 109.65 m3
II)

CREST GEOMETRY (OGEE SHAPE)

Unit discharge at design head q = 12.77 m3/s/m

Maximum flood surcharge Hmax = 3.46 m


Height of crest above NSL P = 0.80 m (overflow section)

Approach velocity

Approach velocity Va = 3.00 m/s

Approach velocity head

Approach velocity head ha = 0.458 m


and ha / Hmax = 0.132

H | 19
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Parameters of the crest geometry are determined from the above figure.

K = 0.502 n = 1.830
H | 20
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Xc / Hmax = 0.219 Yc/Hmax = 0.075


R1 / Hmax = 0.458 R2/Hmax = 0.197
Slope of weir d/s of crest Sd/s = 2.00 H/V

The origin of X - Y axis is at the crest of spillway and Xc is distance from the u/s face to
crest.

UPSTREAM OF THE ORIGIN / CREST

Distance from u/s face to crest Xc = -0.758 m


Elevation from u/s face to crest Yc = -0.260 m

Larger / second radius R1 = 1.586 m


Smaller / first radius R2 = 0.683 m

DOWNSTREAM OF THE ORIGIN / CREST

Y^0.54
X = -2.559
6
Y = -0.179 X^1.83

LOCATION OF TANGENT POINT


The ogee curve will terminate at tangent point
and after that the chute will follow the given
slope.
X-coordinate of tangent point

X-coordinate of tangent point Xt = 1.662 m

Y-coordinate of tangent point

Y-coordinate of tangent point Yt = -0.454 m

H | 21
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Hydraulic Profile X Y
0.10

0.00 -0.76 -0.26


-1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 -0.51 -0.12
-0.10
-0.25 -0.03
-0.20 0.00 0.00
-0.30 0.17 -0.01
0.33 -0.02
-0.40
0.50 -0.05
-0.50 0.66 -0.08
-0.60 0.83 -0.13
1.00 -0.18
-0.70
1.16 -0.24
1.33 -0.30
1.50 -0.37
1.66 -0.45
1.99 -0.62

H | 22
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF CONNECTING CHANNEL

- BASIC DATA

Design discharge for turbines QD = 8.50 m3/s


Add 20% sediemnts flushing flows
Design capacity of connecting channel QC = 10.20 m3/s

m
Channel Invert elevation B.L.1 = 1090.19
a.s.l.
Channel bed width b = 1.43 m
Depth of flow in connecting channel y = 3.01 m
Total depth of connecting channel hc = 4.25 m
Free board F.B. = 1.24 m

Length of channel (Δx) L = 100.0 m


Longitudinal slope S = 0.0050 m/m
1v :
Side slope z = 0.0
zh
Mannings friction factor n = 0.0150

1095
1094.5
1094
0 1094.4
1093.5
0 1090.2
1093
1.4 1090.2
1092.5
1.4 1094.4
1092
1091.5
0 1093.2
1091
1.43 1093.2
1090.5
1090
1089.5
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6

SCOURING SLOPE
To avoid accumulation of particles in the connencting channel a suitable scouring slope
should be estimated as follows.

Scouring Slope

H | 23
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Where:
Sediment size d = 0.015 m
Unit discharge of connecting
qo = 7.13 m3/s/m
channel

Scouring Slope Ss = 0.0005 m/m


Ss = 0.054 %

Factor of safety fos = 1.20


Safe scouring slope Ss = 0.065 %

Check Design slope ≥ Ss = O.K.

FLOW & VELOCITY

Manning's equation

Flow area
A = 4.30 m2

Wetted perimeter P
Wetted perimeter P = 7.44 m

Top width T
Top width T = 1.43 m

Hydraulic depth D
Hydraulic depth D = 3.01 m

Hydraulic radius R
Hydraulic radius R = 0.58 m

Flow velocity V
Flow velocity V = 3.27 m/s 2.37

Check V ≥ 2.0 m/s = O.K.

H | 24
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Discharge capacity Q
Discharge capacity Q = 14.06 m3/s

Check Q ≥ 1.2*Qd = O.K.

Unit discharge q
Unit discharge q = 9.83 m3/s/m

Critical depth yc
Critical depth yc = 2.14 m

Froude number,

Froude number Fr
Froude number Fr = 0.60

HEADLOSSES

FRICTION LOSS

Friction headloss (Manning)

Friction headloss (Manning) hf = 0.50 m

BEND LOSS
The channel bends should have a centerline radius of 3T to 5T or more, where ‘T’ is the
water surface width of the design flow. If the radius must be reduced, the head loss at
channel bends can be estimated as;

Headloss at bends

Where:
K = 2 x (B / Rc),
Rc = center-line radius,
B = channel width

Coefficient K = 0.40 Where Rc = 5


No. of bends = 6 no.
H | 25
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Headloss in bends hLB = 1.31 m

TOTAL HEADLOSS IN CONNECTING CHANNEL


(Friction + Bends)

Total headloss in connecting


hLT = 1.81 m
channel

RATING CURVE
Rating curve at given distance x = 0.0 m (from start)

Rating Curve (Connecting Channel) Elevation Flow


1095.0
1094.5
1090.2 0.00
Water Elevation (m asl)

1094.0
1093.5
1090.6 1.19
1093.0 1091.0 3.05
1092.5 1091.5 5.11
1092.0 1091.9 7.25
1091.5
1092.3 9.44
1091.0
1090.5
1092.7 11.66
1090.0 1093.2 13.89
1089.5 1093.6 16.14
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00
1094.0 18.39
Flow (cumecs) 1094.4 20.66

Bed level at start of connecting


BL1 = 1090.19 m a.s.l.
channel
Water level at start WL1 = 1093.20 m a.s.l.
Bnak level at start TL1 = 1094.44 m a.s.l.

Bed level at end of connecting


BL2 = 1089.69 m a.s.l.
channel
Water level at end WL2 = 1092.70 m a.s.l.
Bank level at end TL2 = 1093.94 m a.s.l.

H | 26
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Longitudinal Profile
1095.0

1094.0 0 1090.2 1093.2 1094.4


100.0 1089.7 1092.7 1093.9
Elevation (m asl)

1093.0 1093.2
1092.7
1092.0

1091.0

1090.0

1089.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Distance (m)

SURGE CALCULATIONS

SUDDEN OPENING OF INTAKE GATE


(if inlet gate has been provided)
Initial discharge Q0 = 0.00 m3/s
Full gate discharge Q1 = 14.06 m3/s

Increase in water level (m)

Increase in water level Δy = 1.13 m (very rare)

SUDDEN CLOSURE OF OUTLET GATE

(if outlet gate has been provided) √

Velocity head "K" v2/2g = 0.54 m


Maximum height of surge wave Δymax = 2.44 m (very rare)

H | 27
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

GRADUAL CLOSURE OF OUTLET GATE

(if outlet gate has been provided) √

Where:
Hydraulic depth D = 3.01 m D = A/T

Maximum height of surge wave Δymax = 2.08 m

As only one gate has been provided at the inlet of connecting channel, therefore
Check Δymax < F.B. = O.K.

SUPER-ELEVATION
Rise in water surface above flow
depth
Where:
Radius of bend / curve r = 7.2 m

Super-elevation at bends Δy = 0.109 m


Super-elevation at bends Δy = 10.90 cm

Check Δy < F.B. = O.K.

CONCRETE VOLUME

Thickness of top slab tt = 0.20 m


Width of side walls at top wt = 0.20 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.30 m
Thickness of bottom slab ts = 0.30 m
Extension of bottom slab at each
ws = 0.30 m
end

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO

X-sectional area of channel (RCC


Axc = 2.91 m2
area)

Concrete quantity in bottom slab


H | 28
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Concrete quantity in bottom slab CB = 78.90 m3

Concrete quantity in side walls ( )

Concrete quantity in side walls CS = 212.53 m3

Concrete quantity in top slab

Concrete quantity in top slab Cts = 0.00 m3

Total concrete quantity (RCC) CRcc = 291.43 m3

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 26.30 m3

1095

1094
0.0 1089.9 2.0 1090.2
1093 0.0 1090.2 2.0 1094.4
1092
0.3 1090.2 2.2 1094.4
0.4 1094.4 2.3 1090.2
1091 0.6 1094.4 2.6 1090.2
1090
0.6 1090.2 2.6 1089.9
2.0 1090.2 0.0 1089.9
1089
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0

H | 29
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF SANDTRAP
- BASIC DATA

Design discharge (turbines) QT = 11.00 m3/s


Add 20% sediemnts flushing flows
Design capacity of sandtrap QD = 13.20 m3/s

No. of chambers nc = 2 no.


Discharge per chamber Q = 6.60 m3/s

Critical sediment grain size d = 0.15 mm


Density of sand ρ = 2.60 ton/m3 or g/cc

- FLOW & SETTLING VELOCITIES

FLOW VELOCITY
Flow velocity (required)
cm/s

Coefficient a = 44
Maximum flow velocity in sandtrap vd = 17.04 cm/s
Maximum flow velocity in sandtrap vd = 0.17 m/s

SETTLING VELOCITY

Settling velocity in standing water vs' = 0.0158 m/s


H | 30
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

mm/s

Alternatively:
(for T 20o & grain to water density ratio of
2.65)

Settling velocity in standing water vs' = 17.55 mm/s


Settling velocity in standing water vs' = 0.0175 m/s

(select the larger value of settling velocity from above)


Selected settling velocity vs' = 0.0175 m/s

SANDTRAP GEOMETRY & CRITICAL VELOCITY CHECKS

Required cross sectional area Ar = 38.73 m2 (required)

Allowable max. height to width H/B =


1.20 dimensionless
ratio

Width of chamber B = 5.70 m


Effective settling depth of chamber H = 6.90 m (at start)

Reduction factor
Reduction factor α = 0.050
Settling velocity in flowing
water
vs = 0.0090 m/s

Length of chamber

Length of chamber (required) L = 109.58 m

H | 31
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Alternatively:
Transit time

Transit time t = 768.09 sec

Length of chamber

Length of chamber (required) L = 130.89 m

Length of chamber (provided) L = 131.00 m


Width of chamber
where
Therefore width of chamber

Width of chamber (required) B = 5.68 m


Width of chamber (provided) B = 5.70 m

Check H ≥ 1.20*B = O.K.

Check L ≥ 8*B = O.K.

H | 32
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

CRITICAL VELOCITY

Roughness coefficient 1/n = 66.67

Critical velocity
√ m/s

Critical velocity vcr = 0.361 m/s

Check vcr ≥ vd = O.K.

Slope of sedimentation tank S = 2.0 %


Effective depth of chamber at start H1 = 6.90 m
Effective depth of chamber at end H2 = 9.52 m
Mean area of chamber Am = 46.80 m2
Mean velocity in chamber vm = 0.141 m/s

Check vcr ≥ vm = O.K.

H | 33
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

TRAP EFFICIENCY
Percentage of sediments retained ( )

Constant e = 2.718

Particle size / diameter


d = 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10 0.05
(mm)
Settling vel. in standing water
(m/s) vs' = 0.079 0.038 0.028 0.008 0.002
(at 20oC, in water)

Percentage of sediments retained S = 100% 100% 98% 68% 26%


Trap Effeciency Vs Particle size
120%
100% 100% 98%
100%
Trap Effeciency (%)

80% 68%

60%

40% 26%
20%

0%
0.5 mm 0.25 mm 0.2 mm 0.1 mm 0.05 mm
Particle Size (mm)

H | 34
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

FINAL DIMENSIONS

Freeboard in sandtrap f.b. = 0.50 m


Thickness of top slab tt = 0.30
m
Hopper Depth dho = 2.60 m
Width of side walls at top wst = 0.30
Width of side walls at bottom wsw = 0.50 m
Thickness of bottom slab tb = 0.60 m
Thickness of top slab tt = 0.30 m
Width & height of flushing
Wfc = 0.50 m (inside the sandtrap)
duct

Total height of chamber

Total height of chamber (at


HTS = 11.10 m
start)
Total height at deepest point (at
HTE = 14.02 m
end)

Total width of sandtrap

Total width of sandtrap WT = 12.90 m

179.0
Total length of sandtrap LT = m
0

H | 35
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

TRASHRACK

Rack Cleaning Machine = no

Width of Trashrack

Number of rack bars

Width of rack bars t = 12.0 mm


Clearance between rack bars b = 150.0 mm
Inclination of trashrack z = 4.0 zV:1H
Angle of bars with horizontal α = 76.0 degrees

Width of Trashrack

Width of Trashrack bra = 11900.0 mm

Height of trashrack hra = 930.0 mm


Channel width / diameter bch = 11029.6 mm

Number of rack bars

Number of rack bars n = 72.5 no.

H | 36
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Entrance velocity at trashrack ve = 0.99 m/s


Average flow velocity between
bars

Average flow velocity between


vbars = 1.07 m/s
bars

HEADLOSSES

FRICTION LOSS

Friction headloss (Manning)

Flow area (per chamber)

Flow area (per chamber) A = 47.64 m2

Wetted perimeter (per chamber)

Wetted perimeter (per chamber) P = 22.65 m

Hydraulic Radius R = 2.10 m

Friction headloss (per chamber) hf = 0.00032 m

ENTRANCE LOSS

K= 0.10
Entrance headloss
hLE = 0.03 m

GATE SLOT LOSS

H | 37
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Where

and Weisbach coefficient

Velocity (just before the slots) vin = 2.4 m/s


Width of entrance flume B = 1.86 m
Depth of entrance flume h = 3.01 m

Width of gate slot eg = 0.20 m


Depth of gate slot dg = 0.10 m

if d > 0.2e then y* =


0.2e
& if d <= 0.2e then y* = d
For gate slots yg* = 0.04 m

Coefficient (gate slots) βg = 0.947


Weisbach coefficient (gate slots) αg = 0.944

Head loss at gate slots hLG = 0.002 m

U/S TRANSITION LOSS (CONTRACTION LOSS)

Headloss in u/s transition K= 0.30

hLut = 0.085 m

D/S TRANSITION LOSS (EXPANSION LOSS)

Headloss in d/s transition K= 0.20

hLdt = 0.100 m

TRASHRACK LOSS

H | 38
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Coefficient depending on bar shape K = 2.42

Rack losses hl,ra = 0.0048 m

TOTAL HEADLOSS IN SANDTRAP (Entrance + Gate Slot + Transitions + Trashrack +


Friction)
Total headloss in sandtrap hLT = 0.22 m

LONGITUDINAL SECTION

Bed level at start of u/s transition ELST = 1089.58 m a.s.l.


Water level at start of u/s transition WLST = 1092.59 m a.s.l.
Wall top level at start of u/s
ELWT = 1093.09 m a.s.l.
transition
(Wall top level will be constant throughout the entire length of chamber including u/s transition)

Bed level at end of u/s transition ELET = 1082.59 m a.s.l.


Water level at end of u/s transition = 1092.47 m a.s.l.

Bed level at the end of chamber ELEC = 1079.97 m a.s.l.


Water level at the end of
WLEC = 1092.47 m a.s.l.
chamber

Bed level at end of d/s transition ELDT = 1091.63 m a.s.l.


Water level at the end of d/s
WLET = 1092.56 m a.s.l.
transition
Top slab level in d/s transition ELTS = 1093.39 m a.s.l.

H | 39
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Longitudinal Section
1094.0
1093.1
1092.0 1091.6
1091.6
1090.0 1089.6
Elevation (m asl)

1088.0

1086.0

1084.0

1082.0

1080.0

1078.0
0.0 20.0 40.0 60.0 80.0 100.0 120.0 140.0 160.0 180.0 200.0

Distance (m)

X - Section
1094.0
1093.1

1092.0

1090.0
Elevation (m asl)

1088.0

1086.0
1085.7
1084.0
1082.6
1082.0

1080.0
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0

Distance (m)

H | 40
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

TRANSITION LENGTH

Width of channel wc = 1.86 m


Transition angle β = 12 degree

Transition length (horizontal) -


LT = 23.85 m
required
Transition length (provided) LT = 24.00 m

Check LT ≤ L/3 = O.K.

CONCRETE VOLUME (MAIN CHAMBER)

Thickness of top slab tt = 0.30 m


Width of side walls at top wt = 0.30 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.50 m
Thickness of bottom slab ts = 0.60 m
Extension of bottom slab at each
ws = 0.00 m
end
Width & height of flushing canal Wfc = 0.50 m
Hopper Depth dho = 2.60 m

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO

X-sectional area of top slab Ats = 0.00 m2

X-sectional area of bottom slab Abs = 3.78 m2

X-sectional area of side walls at


Aws = 5.92 m2
start

X-sectional area of side walls at


Awe = 8.02 m2
end

X-sectional area under hopper Aho = 12.46 m2

Total x-sectional area at start AXS = 22.16 m2

Total x-sectional area at end AXE = 24.26 m2


Concrete volume of main Vmc = 3040.25 m3
H | 41
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

chamber(s)

Concrete volume of u/s transition Vut = 278.50 m3 (approx)

Concrete volume of d/s transition Vdt = 556.99 m3 (approx)

Concrete volume of spillway Vsp = 382.95 m3 (approx)

Total RCC volume of sandtrap VTS = 4258.69 m3

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 168.99 m3

SEDIMENTS FLUSHING ARRANGEMENT


FLUSHING GATE DIMENSIONS
Width to height ratio (WFG/HFG) rFG 1.00

Flushing discharge

Flushing gate x-sectional area AFG = 1.33 m2

Width of flushing gate WFG = 1.15 m (required)


Height of flushing gate HFG = 1.15 m (required)

FLUSHING PIPE OPTION


Flushing discharge Qf = 2.20 m3/s 20 % of QP
Diameter of flushing pipe Df = 1.40 m
Length of flushing pipe Lf = 0.8 m
Mannings friction factor (steel) n = 0.0130

Effective head from center of pipe he = 11.9 m (maximum)


Minimum effective head hemin = 8.9 m

Flow velocity (orifice flow) √ Cd = 0.60

Flow velocity (orifice flow) V = 7.9 m/s


Discharge (orifice flow) Qo = 12.2 m3/s

Check Qo at hemin ≥ Qf = O.K.

H | 42
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

STEEL QUANTITY FOR FLUSHING PIPE


Thickness of steel sheet (provided) ts = 6.0 mm
Density of steel ρs = 7850.0 kg/m3

Minimum thickness of steel sheet (K = 500 & D in mm)

Minimum thickness of steel sheet tmin = 4.75 mm


Corrosion allowance ca = 1.00 mm

Effective thickness of pipe te = 5.00 mm

Check te ≥ tmin = O.K.

X-sectional area of steel As = 0.027 m2

Volume of steel Vs = 0.02 m3


Weight of steel Ws = 0.17 tons
Weight of steel (5% increse for
Ws = 0.17 tons
joints)

Width of steel sheet w = 4.44 m


Length of steel sheet l = 6.0 m
No. of steel sheets n = 1 no.

FLUSHING CHANNEL OPTION


Due to the choking hazard the flushing pipe may be avoided and the channel excavated in rock
for laying of flushing pipe can be used instead - depending on the site conditions.

Flushing discharge (20% of QD) Qf = 2.20 m3/s


Channel bed width b = 1.50 m
Depth of flow in flushing channel y = 0.65 m
Total depth of flushing channel hc = 1.40 m
Free board F.B. = 0.75 m

Length of flushing channel L = 0.8 m


H | 43
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Bed elevation of channel at


BLS = 1079.9 m asl
sandtrap
Bed elevation of channel at end BLE = 1079.9 m asl (required)
Longitudinal slope S = 0.0050 m/m
Friction Coefficient (concrete) n = 0.015

Flow velocity in flushing channel vf = 2.33 m/s

Discharge of flushing channel Qf = 2.27 m3/s

Check Qf ≥ 20% of QD = O.K.

CONCERETE VOLUME FOR FLUSHING CHANNEL

Thickness of top slab tt = 0.20 m


Width of side walls at top wt = 0.15 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.20 m
Thickness of bottom slab ts = 0.20 m
Extension of bottom slab at each
ws = 0.20 m
end

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO

X-sectional area of channel (RCC


Axc = 0.95 m2
area)

Concrete quantity in bottom slab

CB = 0.37 m3

Concrete quantity in side walls

CS = 0.39 m3

Concrete quantity in top slab


Cts = 0.00 m3

Total concrete quantity (RCC) CRcc = 0.76 m3

H | 44
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 0.18 m3

1081.4
1081.2
1081
1080.8
1080.6
1080.4
1080.2
1080
1079.8
1079.6
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5

SPILLING ARRANGEMENT
A side channel spillway arrangement is recommended for spilling the excess flows diverted
from the Tyrolean weir during high flow (Summer) season. In the absence of such spilling
arrangement the excess flows will be carried by the Power Channel all the way to the Forebay
causing some spillage along the Power Channel which is least desirable.
Provide Spilling Arrangement YES
Crest level of spill section ELC = 1092.59 m asl
Width of spill section (crest
LS = 25.0 m
length)
Allowable surcharge over crest H = 0.35 m

Discharge over ogee crest


Discharge over ogee crest Qs = 11.30 m3/s

Check Qs ≥ QD = O.K.

SPILL CHANNEL
Length of spill channel (Δx) LSP = 70.0 m

H | 45
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Bed width of spill channel b = 2.06 m


Depth of water in spill channel y = 3.01 m
Total depth of spill channel hc = 4.10 m
Free board in spill channel F.B. = 1.00 m

Bed elevation of channel at


BLS = 1091.1 m asl
sandtrap
Bed elevation of channel at end BLE = 1090.7 m asl (required)

Slope of spill channel SS = 0.005 m/m


Friction Coefficient (concrete) n = 0.015

1096.5
1096
1095.5
1095
1094.5
1094
0 1095.1
1093.5
1093
0 1091.1
1092.5 2.1 1091.1
1092 2.1 1095.1
1091.5 0 1094.1
1091
0 0.5 1
2.11.5 1094.1 2 2.5

Manning's Equation

Flow velocity in spill channel vS = 3.95 m/s

Discharge of spill channel QS = 24.46 m3/s

Check QS ≥ 1.2QD = O.K.

Unit discharge of spill channel qs = 11.88 m3/s/m

Critical depth in spill channel

Critical depth in spill channel yc = 2.432 m

Rating curve at given distance x = 0.0 m (from start)

H | 46
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Rating Curve (Sandtrap Spill Channel)


1095.5
1095.0 Elevation Flow
Water Elevation (m asl)

1094.5
1091.09 0.00
1094.0
1091.49 1.70
1093.5
1091.89 4.57
1093.0
1092.29 7.88
1092.5
1092.69 11.40
1092.0
1091.5
1093.09 15.05
1091.0
1093.49 18.77
1090.5
1093.89 22.55
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 30.00 35.00 40.00 1094.29 26.36
Flow (cumecs) 1094.70 30.20
1095.10 34.07

CONCERETE VOLUME FOR SPILL CHANNEL


Thickness of top slab tt = 0.20 m
Width of side walls at top wt = 0.20 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.30 m
Thickness of bottom slab ts = 0.30 m
Extension of bottom slab at each
ws = 0.30 m
end

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO

X-sectional area of channel (RCC


Axc = 3.03 m2
area)

Concrete quantity in bottom slab CB = 68.46 m3

Concrete quantity in side walls CS = 143.50 m3

Concrete quantity in top slab Cts = 0.00 m3


H | 47
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Total concrete quantity (RCC) CRcc = 211.96 m3

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 22.82 m3

1095.5
1095
1094.5
1094
1093.5
1093
1092.5
1092
1091.5
1091
1090.5
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

H | 48
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF HEADRACE / POWER CHANNEL


-
BASIC DATA
Headrace Invert elevation B.L.1 = 1090.96 m a.s.l.
Design discharge QD = 11.00 m3/s
b = 4.00 m
Channel bed width
Depth of flow y = 1.60 m
Free board F.B. = 0.50
m
A minimum freeboard of 0.5 is recommended.

Length of channel (Δx) L = 800.0 m


Longitudinal slope S = 0.0006 m/m
Side slope z = 1.5 1v : zh
Mannings 'n' (rubble masonry) n = 0.022

1093.5

1093.0

1092.5

1092.0

1091.5

1091.0

1090.5
0 2 4 6 8 10 12

FLOW & VELOCITY

Mannings equation

Flow area
10.2
Flow area A = m2
4

Wetted perimeter
H | 49
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Wetted perimeter P = 9.77 m

Top width
Top width T = 8.80 m

Hydraulic depth D
Hydraulic depth D = 1.16 m

Hrdraulic radius R
Hrdraulic radius R = 1.05 m

Flow velocity V
Flow velocity V = 1.10 m/s 1.72

Check V ≤ 1.5 m/s = O.K.

Discharge capacity Q
11.3
Discharge capacity Q = m3/s
1

Check Q ≥ Qd = O.K.

Unit discharge q
Unit discharge q = 2.83 m3/s/m

Critical depth yc
Critical depth yc = 0.93 m

Froude number Fr
Froude number Fr = 0.33

H | 50
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

B/
Flow Total Hyd.
Velocit Discharg D
Bed Width Dept Dept Radiu
y e rati
h h s
o
B (m) y (m) D (m) R (m) V (m/s) Q (m3/s)
3.00 2.66 3.16 0.96 1.04 8.32 0.95
3.25 2.40 2.90 0.97 1.05 8.18 1.12
3.50 2.19 2.69 0.97 1.05 8.06 1.30
3.75 2.02 2.52 0.97 1.05 7.96 1.49
4.00 1.88 2.38 0.97 1.05 7.88 1.68
4.25 1.76 2.26 0.96 1.04 7.81 1.88
4.50 1.66 2.16 0.95 1.04 7.75 2.08

Flow depth (m) 0.00 0.43 0.85 1.88 1.69 2.11


Discharge (m3/s) 0.00 1.04 3.47 11.31 12.41 19.13

HEADLOSSES

ENTRANCE LOSS
K= 0.10

Entrance velocity vE = 1.10 m/s


Entrance headloss hLE = 0.0062 m

FRICTION LOSS

Friction headloss (Manning)

Friction headloss (Manning) hf = 0.45 m

BEND LOSS
The channel bends should have a centerline radius of 3T to 5T or more, where ‘T’ is the
water surface width of the design flow. If the radius must be reduced, the head loss at
channel bends can be estimated as;

Head loss at bends

Where:
K = 2 x (B / Rc),
Rc = center-line radius,
H | 51
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

B = channel width

Coefficient K = 0.40 Where Rc = 5 x T

No. of bends = 20 no.


Head loss in bends hLB = 0.50 m

TOTAL HEADLOSS IN HEADRACE (Entrance + Friction + Bends)

Total headloss in headrace


hLT = 0.46 m
channel

RATING CURVE

Rating curve at given distance x = 0.0 m (from start)

Rating Curve
1093.5
Elevation Flow
Water Elevation (m asl)

1093.0 1090.96 0.00


1092.5 1091.17 0.32
1091.38 1.04
1092.0
1091.59 2.09
1091.5 1091.80 3.47
1091.0
1092.01 5.18
1092.22 7.23
1090.5
1092.43 9.64
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00
1092.64 12.41
Flow (cumecs)
1092.85 15.57
1093.06 19.13

Bed level at start BL1 = 1090.95 m a.s.l.


Water level at start WL1 = 1092.55 m a.s.l.
Bnak level at start TL1 = 1093.05 m a.s.l.
Bed level at end BL2 = 1090.50 m a.s.l.
Water level at end WL2 = 1092.10 m a.s.l.
Bank level at end TL2 = 1092.60 m a.s.l.

H | 52
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Longitudinal Profile
1093.5

Elevation (m asl) 1093.0 1093.1


1092.5 1092.6 1092.6
1092.
1092.0 0 1091.0 1092.1
6
1091.5 1092.
800.0 1090.5
1091.0
1
1091.0
1090.5 1090.5
1090.0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Distance (m)

SURGE CALCULATIONS

SUDDEN OPENING OF INTAKE GATE


Initial discharge Q0 = 0.00 m3/s
Full gate discharge Q1 = 11.31 m3/s

Increase in water level (m)

Increase in water level Δymax = 0.56 m

SUDDEN CLOSURE OF OUTLET GATE

Velocity head "K" v2/2g = 0.06 m


Maximum height of surge wave Δymax = 0.45 m
GRADUAL CLOSURE OF OUTLET GATE

Where:
Hydraulic depth D = 1.16 m

Maximum height of surge wave Δymax = 0.41 m

H | 53
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

SUPER-ELEVATION
Rise in water surface above flow depth

Where:
Radius of bend / curve r = 44.0 m
The channel bends should have a centerline radius of 3T to 5T or more, where ‘T’ is the
water surface width of the design flow.
Super-elevation at bends Δy = 0.012 m
Super-elevation at bends Δy = 1.24 cm

Check Δy < F.B. = O.K.

CONCRETE VOLUME
(Not applicable to stone masonry
channels)

Thickness of top slab tt = 0.20 m


Width of side walls at top wt = 0.20 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.30 m
Thickness of bottom slab ts = 0.40 m

Extension of bottom slab at each


ws = 0.40 m
end
Total depth of headrace channel hc = 2.10 m

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO
X-sectional area of channel (RCC
Axc = 3.21 m2
area)

Concrete quantity in bottom slab CB = 1728.00 m3

Concrete quantity in side walls CS = 840.00 m3

Concrete quantity in top slab Cts = 0.00 m3

Total concrete quantity (RCC) CRcc = 2568.00 m3

H | 54
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 432.00 m3

1093.5

1093

1092.5

1092

1091.5

1091

1090.5

1090
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

H | 55
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF FOREBAY
- BASIC DATA

Minimum diverted water - Headrace QH = 1.77 m3/s


( = Peak
Design discharge - Penstock QP = 11.00 m3/s
discharge)

- INFLOWS

Length of headrace LH = 800.0 m


Diameter/Bed width of headrace DH 4.00 m
Depth of flow in headrace dH 1.60 m
X-sectional area of flow AH = 10.24 m2
Velocity in headrace vH = 0.17 m/s
Volume of headrace VH = 8192 m3
Time of travel (upto forebay) tH = 4628 sec

- OUTFLOWS

Length of penstock LP = 200.0 m


Diameter of penstock DP = 2.10 m
X-sectional area of flow AP = 3.46 m2
Velocity in penstock vP = 3.18 m/s
Volume of penstock VP = 693 m3
Time of travel (upto turbines) tP = 63 sec

- PEAKING TIME

Peaking time TPK = 0.1 hrs


Non-peaking time TN-P = 23.9 hrs

Volume of water required for peaking VPK = 3960 m3


-
FOREBAY DIMENSIONS

Width of fore bay (at start) WFs = 38.0 m


Width of fore bay (at end) WFE = 30.0 m
Length of fore bay LF = 62.5
m
Depth of fore bay (including freeboard) dF = 8.5 m
Freeboard in fore bay F.B = 1.5 m

H | 56
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Slope for vertical transition z = 1.0 1v : z h


Length of vertical transition LVT = 7.7 m
Δ x of vertical transition ΔxVT = 5.4 m

SIDE WALLS GEOMETRY


Width of side walls at top wt = 0.5 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.8 m

Extension of bottom slab at each end ws = 0.8 m


Thickness of bottom slab at each end tsE = 1.0 m
Thickness of bottom slab in center tsC = 0.5 m
Length of thicker bottom slab lb = 10.0 m should be < 19

TRANSITION LENGTH (PLAN VIEW)


Diameter/Bed width of headrace DH = 4.0 m
Transition angle β = 15 degree

Transition length

Transition length - horizontal (required) LHT = 63.4 m


Transition length (provided) LHT = 64.0 m

CONCRETE VOLUME (FOREBAY STRUCTURE)

Thickness of top slab tt = 0.3 m

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO

X-sectional area of top slab Ats = 0.00 m2

X-sectional area of bottom slab Abs = 40.60 m2

X-sectional area of side walls Asw = 13.00 m2

Total x-sectional area AXS = 53.60 m2

Concrete volume of main structure Vms = 3347.8 m3

Concrete volume of u/s transition Vut = 1715.20 m3 (approx)


H | 57
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Concrete volume of spillway Vsp = 268.81 m3 (approx)

Total concrete volume of forebay VTF = 5331.79 m3

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 257.33 m3

HEADLOSSES
FRICTION LOSS
Friction headloss (Manning)

Flow area A = 266.00 m2


Wetted perimeter P = 52.00 m
Hydraulic radius R = 5.12 m
Flow velocity
V = 0.041 m/s
Friction headloss in forebay hf = 2.7E-06 m

ENTRANCE LOSS

Entrance head loss

hLE = 0.006 m K= 0.10

TOTAL HEADLOSS IN FOREBAY (Entrance + Friction + Gate Slot)


Total headloss in Forebay hLT = 0.006 m

LONGITUDINAL SECTION

Headrace invert / BL at end B.Lhr = 1090.50 m asl


Water level at end of
WHR = 1092.10 m asl
headrace

(Wall top level will be constant throughout the entire length of forebay including u/s transition)

Wall top level ELWT = 1093.59 m asl


Bed level of forebay at start B.Ls = 1085.09 m asl
H | 58
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Longitudinal slope of forebay S = 2.0 %

Bed level of forebay at end B.Le = 1084.09 m asl

Maximum water level in


Wmax = 1092.09 m asl
forebay (end)

Allowable fluctuation in
σallow = 1.4 m
water level

Minimum water level in


Wmin = 1090.69 m asl (provided)
forebay
Minimum water level in
Wmin = 1090.67 m asl (required)
forebay

Longitudinal Section
1096.0

1094.0
Elevation (m asl)

1092.0

1090.0

1088.0

1086.0

1084.0

1082.0
0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0
Distance (m)

PEAKING CAPACITY CHECK

Useful capacity of forebay (live storage


VF = 3323 m3
(designed) provided)
Flow available from
VHA = 637 m3
headrace

Useful capacity (required)

(live storage
Useful capacity (required) VF-R = 3323 m3
required)

H | 59
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Normally a volume of QP x 120 m3 (or two minutes at maximum plant flow) will be satisfactory
for mechanical governors. For digital governors the control volume can be further reduced.

Check VF ≥ VF-R = O.K.

Water level in fore bay masl = 1085 1091 1091 1092 1092
Useful volume in fore bay m3 = 0 2089 3212 4335 5459
Total volume in fore bay m3 = 0 13244 14367 15491 16614
Initial Final
Fore bay Fore bay
Time forebay forebay Spill
inflow outflow
volume volume
(hrs) (m3/s) (m3) (m3/s) (m3) (m3/s)
0 0 3323 0 3323 0
1 6:PM 1.77 3323 11 0 0.00
2 7:PM 1.77 3323 11 0 0.00
3 8:PM 1.77 3323 11 0 0.00
4 9:PM 1.77 3323 11 0 0.00
5 10:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
6 11:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
7 12:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
8 1:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
9 2:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
10 3:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
11 4:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
12 5:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
13 6:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
14 7:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
15 8:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
16 9:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
17 10:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
18 11:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
19 12:AM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
20 1:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
21 2:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
22 3:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
23 4:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00
24 5:PM 1.77 3323 1.77 3323 0.00

H | 60
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Upper W.L. 1091.19 masl


Lower W.L. 1090.67 masl

TRASHRACK

Rack Cleaning Machine RCM = no (yes or no - in small letters)

Width of trashrack
Number of rack bars

Width of rack bars t = 10.0 mm


Clearance between rack bars b = 93.9 mm
Angle of bars with horizontal α = 76.0 degrees

Width of Trashrack bra = 4200.0 mm


Channel width / diameter bch = 3804.9 mm
Number of rack bars n
Number of rack bars n = 39.5 no.

H | 61
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Effective head from center of


he = 8.0 m
penstock
Diameter of bellmouth for
Dbm = 3.2 m
penstock

Entrance velocity in bellmouth vbm = 1.41 m/s (calculated)


Average flow velocity between
bars

Average flow velocity between


vbars = 0.69 m/s
bars
Minimum trashrack area
(required)
δ= 0.80

Minimum trashrack area


Arack = 2.19 m2
(required)

Trashrack area provided Arack = 17.64 m2

Check Arack-provided ≥ Arack-min = O.K.

H | 62
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

SPILL SECTION
Provide Spilling Arrangement YES
Crest level of spill section ELC = 1092.09 m asl
Width of spill section (crest
LS = 17.0 m
length)
Allowable surcharge over crest H = 0.75 m

Discharge over ogee crest

Discharge over ogee crest Q = 24.10 m3/s

Check Q ≥ 2.0QP = O.K.

SPILL CHANNEL OPTION

Length of spill channel (Δx) LS = 42.0 m


Bed width of spill channel wS = 2.11 m
Depth of water in spill channel dS = 3.26 m
Free board in spill channel f.b.S = 1.10 m

Transition angle β = 15.0 degree


Transition length (horizontal) LT = 28.0 m

Bed elevation of channel at


BLS = 1091.6 m asl
forebay
Bed elevation of channel at end BLE = 1091.4 m asl (required)

Slope of spill channel SS = 0.0050 m/m


Friction Coefficient (concrete) n = 0.015

1096.5
1096
1095.5
1095
1094.5
1094
1093.5
0 1095.9
1093 0 1091.6
1092.5 2.1 1091.6
1092 2.1 1095.9
1091.5 0 1094.8
1091 2.1 1094.8
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5

H | 63
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Manning's Equation

Flow velocity in spill channel vS = 4.05 m/s

Discharge of spill channel QS = 27.84 m3/s

Check QS ≥ 1.5QP = O.K.

Unit discharge of spill channel qs = 13.19 m3/s/m

Critical depth in spill channel

Critical depth in spill channel yc = 2.608 m

Rating curve at given distance x = 0.0 m (from start)

Rating Curve (Spill Channel Option)


1096.5
1096.0 Elevation Flow
Water Elevation (m asl)

1095.5 1091.59 0.00


1095.0
1092.03 1.98
1094.5
1094.0 1092.46 5.29
1093.5 1092.90 9.08
1093.0
1093.33 13.10
1092.5
1092.0 1093.77 17.25
1091.5 1094.20 21.49
1091.0 1094.64 25.78
0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00
Flow (cumecs) 1095.07 30.12
1095.51 34.48
1095.95 38.86

CONCERETE VOLUME FOR SPILL CHANNEL OPTION


Thickness of top slab tt = 0.20 m
Width of side walls at top wt = 0.30 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.40 m
Thickness of bottom slab ts = 0.30 m
Extension of bottom slab at each end ws = 0.30 m
Total depth of headrace channel hc = 4.36 m

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO
H | 64
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

X-sectional area of channel (RCC


Axc = 4.11 m2
area)

CB = 44.23 m3
Concrete quantity in bottom slab

Concrete quantity in side walls CS = 128.18 m3

Concrete quantity in top slab Cts = 0.00 m3

Total concrete quantity (RCC) CRcc = 172.41 m3

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 14.74 m3

1097

1096

1095

1094 0.0 1091.3 2.8 1091.6


0.0 1091.6 2.8 1096.0
1093 0.3 1091.6 3.1 1096.0
1092
0.4 1096.0 3.2 1091.6
0.7 1096.0 3.5 1091.6
1091 0.7 1091.6 3.5 1091.3
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
2.8 1091.6 0.0 1091.3

SPILL PIPE OPTION

Diameter of spill pipe DS = 2.50 m


Depth of flow ys = 1.80 m
Length of spill channel (Δx) LS = 42.0 m
Mannings friction factor (steel) n = 0.0130
Flow area A = 3.784 m2

H | 65
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Wetted perimeter P = 5.066 m


Hydraulic radius R = 0.747 m
Top width T = 0.500 m
Hydraulic depth D = 7.567 m

Ref: C. Nalluri
2.50
fz = 1.12
a = 5.066
h = -0.550
θ y
2θ = 232.21

Mannings equation

Flow velocity V
V = 4.48 m/s

Discharge capacity QS = 16.94 m3/s


(at y = 93.8% of
Maximum discharge capacity QSmax = 21.00 m3/s
di)

Check QS ≥ 1.5QP = O.K.

Rating curve at given distance x = 0.0 m (from start)

H | 66
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Elevation Flow
Rating Curve (Spill Pipe Option)
1094.5 1091.6 0.00
1091.8 0.41
Water Elevation (m asl)

1094.0

1093.5
1092.1 1.71
1092.3 3.82
1093.0
1092.6 6.58
1092.5 1092.8 9.76
1092.0 1093.1 13.11
1091.5 1093.3 16.34
1091.0
1093.6 19.08
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 1093.8 20.80
Flow (cumecs) 1093.9 21.00

STEEL QUANTITY FOR SPILL PIPE OPTION


Thickness of steel sheet (provided) ts = 12.0 mm
Density of steel ρs = 7850.0 kg/m3

Minimum thickness of steel sheet (K = 500 & D in mm)

Minimum thickness of steel sheet tmin = 7.50 mm


Corrosion allowance ca = 1.00 mm

Effective thickness of penstock te = 11.00 mm

Check te ≥ tmin = O.K.

X-sectional area of steel As = 0.095 m2

Volume of steel Vs = 3.98 m3


Weight of steel Ws = 31.2 tons
Weight of steel (5% increse for
Ws = 32.8 tons
joints)

Width of steel sheet w = 7.93 m


Length of steel sheet l = 6.0 m
H | 67
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

No. of steel sheets n = 7

- ENERGY DISSIPATION FOR SPILL CHANNEL/PIPE

Froude Number

(Where V & D are velocity and depth of flow entering the jump)

Froude Number - before the jump FR1 = 0.72 dimensionless


(Recommended Froude Number 4.5 ≤ FR1 ≤ 9, for stable & steady hydraulic jump)

Ratio of conjugate depths

Depth before the jump D1 = 3.26 m


Depth after the jump D2 = 2.05 m

α (D2 -
Length of stilling basin LB =
D1)
LB = -6.0 m
Alternatively
Length of stilling basin

LB = 10.48 m

Height of walls of basin HB = D2 + 0.1 * (D1 + V1)


HB = 2.8 m

Height of baffle blocks hB = 2.5 * D1


HB = 8.1 m

Number of baffle blocks n = 2

Width of baffle blocks wB = 0.53

H | 68
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

SCOUR DEPTH BELOW WATER SURFACE

Scour depth of rivers subject to fluctuating flood throughout the year

Scour depth below water


surface (in British unit
system)

Scour depth below water


R = 1.30 m Cr = 2.00
surface

FLUSHING PIPE

Flushing discharge Qf = 2.20 m3/s (20% of QP)


Diameter of flushing pipe Df = 0.80 m
Length of flushing pipe Lf = 8.5 m
Mannings friction factor (steel) n = 0.0130

Effective head from center of


he = 6.6 m (maximum)
pipe
Minimum effective head hemin = 5.2 m

Flow velocity (orifice flow) Cd = 0.60

Flow velocity (orifice flow) V = 6.0 m/s


Discharge (orifice flow) Qo = 3.04 m3/s

Check Qo at hemin ≥ Qf = O.K.

STEEL QUANTITY FOR FLUSHING PIPE


Thickness of steel sheet (provided) ts = 6.0 mm
Density of steel ρs = 7850.0 kg/m3

Minimum thickness of steel sheet


(K = 500 & D in mm)

Minimum thickness of steel sheet tmin = 3.25 mm


Corrosion allowance ca = 1.00 mm

Effective thickness of penstock te = 5.00 mm

H | 69
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Check te ≥ tmin = O.K.

X-sectional area of steel

As = 0.015 m2

Volume of steel Vs = 0.13 m3


Weight of steel Ws = 1.01 tons
Weight of steel (5% increase for
Ws = 1.06 tons
joints)

Width of steel sheet w = 2.53 m


Length of steel sheet l = 6.0 m
No. of steel sheets n = 2 no.

IMPACT TYPE STILLING BASIN FOR FLUSHING PIPE


This is an impact-type energy dissipator equipped with a hanging-type, L-shaped baffle,
performance.

The use of the impact-type stilling basin is limited to installation where the velocity at the entrance
to the stilling basin does not greatly exceed 30 ft/s (9.1 m/s). For discharges exceeding 10 m 3/s, it
may be more economical to consider multiple units side by side.

H | 70
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Diameter of flushing pipe Df = 2.62 ft 0.80 m


Flushing discharge Qf = 107.37 ft3/s 3.04 m3/s
Flow velocity (orifice flow) V = 19.84 ft/s 6.0 m/s
H | 71
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Froude Number FR1 = 2.16 dimensionless

W / D ratio (from DOSD graph) W /D = 4.70 dimensionless


Where:
Depth of flow entering the basin D = 2.33 ft = 0.71 m
(D = square root of flow area)
Inside width of stilling basin W = 10.93 ft = 3.33 m

Alternatively:
Inside width of stilling basin (from
W = 6.00 ft = 1.83 m
graph)
Loss in energy (from graph) EL/E1 = 53 %

Select the larger value of width i.e.


Inside width of stilling basin W = 10.93 ft = 3.33 m

The dimensions of various components as shown in the above figure, are given
below;

ft
Total depth of basin at start (H = 3/4 W) H = 8.20 2.50 m
=
ft
Total length of basin (L = 4/3 W) L = 14.58 4.44 m
=
ft
Distance of baffle from inlet (a = 1/2 W) a = 5.47 1.67 m
=
ft
Height of baffle (b = 3/8 W) b = 4.10 1.25 m
=
ft
Depth of basin at end (c = 1/2 W) c = 5.47 1.67 m
=
ft
Length of baffle top (d = 1/8 W) d = 1.37 0.42 m
=
ft
e = 1/12 W e = 0.91 0.28 m
=
ft
Thickness of baffle (t = 1/12 W) t = 0.91 0.28 m
=
ft
Riprap stone size (drock = 1/20 W) drock = 0.55 0.17 m
=
ft
Length of riprap (Lrr = W) Lrr = 10.93 3.33 m
=

H | 72
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF PENSTOCK
BASIC DATA

Penstock invert elevation at forebay I.L.1 = 1085.12 m a.s.l.


Normal tailwater level (in
I.L.2 = 1066.15 m a.s.l.
powerhouse)
Design discharge Q = 11.00 m3/s
Rated capacity of plant Pr = 2611.1 kW
Maximum gross head H = 30.00 m
Net head Hn = 27.88 m

Total length of penstock (Δx) L = 200.0 m


Hazen-Williams roughness
C = 120
coefficient
Mannings friction factor n = 0.0130
Friction factor (Moody) f = 0.0168

DIAMETER & VELOCITY

Most economical penstock diameter De = 2.08 m C = 0.52

Most economical penstock diameter De = 2.39 m C = 0.72

Most economical penstock diameter De = 2.21 m

Most economical penstock diameter De = 2.40 m

H | 73
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Most economical penstock diameter De = 2.39 m

Dia. for limiting headloss to 4% of H Dlimit = 1.85 m

Use maximum value of diameter from above. (Dlimit 1.85 m)


Selected diameter for penstock D = 2.10 m

Average flow velocity in penstock V = 3.18 m/s

Check V < Vmax (i.e. 10 m/s) = O.K.

Effective head from center of


he = 5.92 m
penstock

Flow velocity (orifice flow) Cd = 0.60

Max. possible velocity (orifice flow) VOmax = 6.5 m/s


Max. possible discharge (orifice
QOmax = 22.4 m3/s
flow)

2.10

BELLMOUTH CURVE DESIGN

Elliptical entrance curve (bellmouth)

Elliptical entrance curve (square & rect.)


H | 74
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

For circular pipes D is the diameter while maximum values of 'x' & 'y' are given in plan view
as;
Maximum 'x' = 0.65D from pipe centerline and Maximum 'y' = 0.5D from entrance face

However the existing practice in the region is to adopt the bellmouth diameter as 1.5D,
therefore

Therefore:

x y (low) y (up)
Plan
1088.5 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
1088.0 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
Elevation (m asl)

1087.5 2.100 1085.120 1088.270


1087.0 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
1086.5 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
1086.0 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
1085.5 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
1085.0 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
1084.5 2.100 1085.120 1088.270
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
2.100 1085.120 1088.270
Distance (m) 2.100 1085.120 1088.270

Transition length from gate to


penstock
C = 0.80

Transition length Lt = 2.22 m


A length of 1.0D should be satisfactory for this transition.

H | 75
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

GATE SIZE
Gate hight H = 2.10 m
Gate width W = 1.65 m

For a gate having H=D and W=0.785D, the flow velocity at the gate will be equal to the
velocity in penstock so no further flow acceleration is produced in this section.

FRICTION FACTOR

Reynolds number

where:
Kinematic viscosity of water at 20oC ν = 1.0E-06 m2/s

Reynolds number Re = 6669350

Check Re ≥ 2000 = TURBULENT

For laminar flow for laminar flow

For turbulent flow


(Colebrook - White equation)

For hydraulically smooth pipe


For hydraulically rough pipe

where:
Roughness height (welded steel) e = 0.600 mm
Ratio e/D = 0.00029

1 = 1.06
Friction factor (Moody) f = 0.01678

H | 76
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

SUBMERGENCE REQUIREMENTS

Minimum submergence (by Knauss)


5.48 m

Minimum submergence (by Rohan) S min  1.474V 0.48 D 0.76 4.51 m

Minimum submergence (by Gordon)


3.33 m

Minimum submergence required Smin = 4.44 m


Provided submergence SPr = 4.52 m

Check SPr ≥ Smin = O.K.

TRASHRACK

Rack Cleaning Machine = NO

Width of Trashrack

Number of rack bars

Width of rack bars t = 12.0 mm


Clearance between rack bars b = 150.0 mm
Inclination of trashrack z = 4.0 zV:1H
Angle of bars with horizontal α = 76.0 degrees

Width of Trashrack

H | 77
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Width of Trashrack bra = 4200.0 mm

Height of trashrack

Height of trashrack hra = 4200.0 mm

Channel width / diameter bch = 3900.0 mm

Number of rack bars n


n = 25.0 no.

Effective head from center of


he = 5.9 m
penstock
Diameter of bellmouth for
Dbm = 3.2 m
penstock

Entrance velocity in bellmouth vbm = 1.41 m/s

Entrance velocity at trashrack ve = 0.62 m/s

Average flow velocity between


bars

Average flow velocity between


vbars = 0.67 m/s
bars

Check vbars ≤ 1.2 m/s = O.K.

H | 78
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

HEADLOSSES

FRICTION LOSS
Mannings equation

Headloss (Manning)

Headloss (Manning) hf = 0.80 m

Hazen-Williams equation
where & Cu=0.278

Headloss (Hazen-Williams)

Alternatively,
Headloss (Hazen-Williams)

Headloss (Hazen-Williams) hf = 0.70 m

Darcy-Weisbach equation

Headloss (Darcy-Weisbach) hf = 0.82 m

Average velocity of flow


(Colebrook - White equation)

1 = 0.87
Headloss (Colebrook-White) hf = 0.55 m

Maximum friction headloss hfmax = 0.82 m


Selected the larger value of friction loss from above equations.

H | 79
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Friction Headloss Vs Discharge


0.90 Headloss Flow
0.80 0.00 0.00
Friction Headloss (m)

0.70 0.01 1.10


0.60 0.03 2.20
0.50
0.07 3.30
0.40
0.13 4.40
0.30
0.20 5.50
0.20
0.29 6.60
0.10
0.00
0.39 7.70
0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 0.52 8.80
Flow (cumecs) 0.65 9.90
0.80 11.00

TRASHRACK LOSS

Coefficient depending on bar shape K = 2.42

Rack losses hl,ra = 0.003 m

ENTRANCE LOSS
K= 0.20
Entrance headloss hLE = 0.0049 m

GATE SLOT LOSS

Where

H | 80
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

and Weisbach coefficient

Velocity (just before the slots) vin = 3.2 m/s


Width of entrance flume B = 4.20 m
Depth of entrance flume h = 4.20 m

Width of gate slot eg = 0.30 m


Depth of gate slot dg = 0.10 m

if d > 0.2e then y* =


0.2e
& if d <= 0.2e then y* = d
For gate slots yg* = 0.06 m

Coefficient (gate slots) βg = 0.959


Weisbach coefficient (gate slots) αg = 0.956

Head loss at gate slots hLG = 0.002 m

BEND LOSS

K= 0.20
No. of bends = 10 no.
Headloss in bends hLB = 1.03 m

H | 81
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

VALVE LOSS
Kv = 0.20
Valve headloss hLV = 0.10 m

MANIFOLD LOSS
Kb = 0.30
Manifold headloss (bifurcation) hLB = 0.15 m
Where:
Kb = 0.20 for symmetrical bifurcation,
Kb = 0.30 for symmetrical trifurcation,
and
Kb = 0.20 for manifold branch

TOTAL HEADLOSS IN PENSTOCK (Trashrack + Entrance + Friction + Bends + Valve +


Manifold)
Total headloss in Penstock hLT = 2.12 m

Check hLT ≤ 4H/100 = HIGH LOSSES

H | 82
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

(The usual limit of headlosses in penstocks is 4% of gross head from economic point of view)

PENSTOCK SECTIONS

No. of longitudinal sections i = 4 i≤4

SEC- SEC-
PENSTOCK SECTIONS SEC-01 SEC-03
02 04
Length of section-i Li = 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 m
Invert elevation at end of each
di = 1079.1 1073.1 1071.1 1067.2 masl
section
Elevation drop in section-i ΔEi = 6.0 6.0 2.0 3.9 m
Penstock inner diameter di = 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 m
Thichness of steel sheet ti = 6.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 mm
Angle of inclination with vertical θi = 83.11 83.11 87.71 85.50 deg.
Longitudinal slope Si = 0.12 0.12 0.04 0.08 m/m
Velocity of flow Vi = 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.18 m/s
Invert level at start I.L.iS = 1085.1 1079.12 1073.12 1071.12 masl
Invert level at end I.L.iE = 1079.1 1073.1 1071.1 1067.2 masl

Longitudinal Profile
1088
1086
1084
1082
Elevation (m asl)

1080
1078
1076
1074
1073
1072
1071
1070
1068 INVERT LEVEL
1067
1066
0 50 100 150 200 250
Distance (m)

H | 83
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

AERATION PIPE

Collapsing (ts & D in mm)


depression

Collapsing
Pc = 0.16 kN/mm2
depression
Diameter of aeration
pipe
for Pc ≤ 0.49

Diameter of aeration
pipe
for Pc > 0.49

(Aeration pipe is used to avoid negative pressure)

Diameter of aeration pipe dV = 38.89 cm


Diameter of aeration pipe dV = 0.39 m

ALTERNATIVELY
Air vent area should be greater of these or
two values
Where:
Cross-section area
AP = 3.46 m2
of penstock
Rated turbine flow QT = 11.00 m3/s

Cross-section area
AV = 0.69 m2
of air vent pipe
Diameter of air
dV = 0.94 m
vent pipe

The air vent should exhaust to a safe location unoccupied by the project staff or general public.

CRACK OPENING
The penstock should be filled slowly to avoid excessive and dangerous "blow-back". The
recommended practice is to control filling rate via the head gate. The head gate should not be
opened more than 50 mm until the penstock is completely full. This is sometimes referred to as
"cracking" the gate.

H | 84
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

MANIFOLD / BIFURCATION
Number of turbine
nT = 2 no.
units
Number of branches /
nb = 2 no.
manifolds
Discharge of one
Qb = 5.50 m3/s
branch

Diameter of main
D = 2.10 m
penstock
Average velocity in
V = 3.18 m/s
main penstock
Flow velocity in
vb = 3.18 m/s (vb ≥ V)
branches (required)

Flow area per branch Ab = 1.73 m2

Diameter per branch db = 1.40 m


Max. wall thickness
ts = 8.0 mm
(provided)
Flow velocity in
vb = 3.57 m/s
branches (designed)

Check vb ≥ V = O.K.

Length of first
Lb1 = 7.7 m
bifurcation / branch
Length of second
Lb2 = 11.9 m
bifurcation / branch
Length of third
Lb3 = 13.6 m
bifurcation / branch

Included angle θ = 60.0 degree

Wall thickness of
tsb = 14.00 mm
branches

X-sectional area of
steel

H | 85
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

X-sectional area of
As = 0.062 m2
steel

Volume of steel in
Vs = 2.06 m3
branches
Weight of steel in W
= 16.21 tons
branches s
Weight of steel (5% W
= 17.02 tons
increse for joints) s

Width of steel sheet w = 4.49 m


Length of steel sheet l = 6.0 m
No. of steel sheets for
n = 4 no.
branches

SURGE CALCULATIONS
Pressure wave speed

Bulk modulus of
water k = 2.1E+09 N/m2

Modulus of elasticity
of pipe material E = 2.1E+11 N/m2

Maximum wall
ts = 6.0 mm
thickness (provided)

Pressure wave speed c = 876.8 m/s

Critical time T = 0.46 sec

Valve closure time Tv = 4.0 sec

Check 2T < Tv < 10T = O.K.

H | 86
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Allievi Formula for max. overpressure

Where:

N = 0.29

Maximum
m of water
overpressure ΔP = 21.13
column
(positive)
Maximum
ΔP =
overpressure -1.24 m of water column
(negative)

If water acceleration constant is less than 3 seconds than surge tank is not
required
Water acceleration constant

th = 2.16 sec

Check th < 3 = NO TANK REQUIRED

ALTERNATIVELY

or
A surge tank may be required
when

TANK REQUIRED
Check L/H<5 =

ALTERNATIVELY
A surge tank may be required
when
Where:
Maximum length of penstock

H | 87
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Maximum length of penstock Lmax = 110.27 m

TANK
Check L < Lmax =
REQUIRED

WALL THICKNESS

PENSTOCK MATERIAL
ASTM A516-70 steel having yield stress of 38000 psi (262010 kN/m2) and tensile stress of
80000 psi (55880 kN/m2) has been used for penstock design.

ALLOWABLE DESIGN STRESS


For steel (ASTM A516-70), the basic allowable stress equals the lesser of:

2/3 of yield stress = 2/3(262010 kN/m2)= 174671 kN/m2


or
1/3 of tensile stress = 1/3(55880 kN/m2)= 186267 kN/m2

Joint efficiency (E) has been taken as 100% ( i.e. 100% radiographic inspection).
Following conditions have been
considered.
Allowable Design Allowable Design
Condition Stress increase Stress
factor (K) Sa = (SI)(K)(E)
Normal Operating 1 25,333 psi (174671 kN/m2)
Emergency 1.5 38,000 psi (262010 kN/m2)
Exceptional 2.5 63,333 psi (436681 kN/m2)

Wall thickness required

Hydrostatic pressure Pw = 3.00 kN/mm2

Total pressure PT = 5.11 kN/mm2


Weld efficiency kf = 0.90
Allowable tensile stress σf = 1747 kN/mm2
Corrosion allowance cs = 2.00 mm

Max. wall thickness ts = 3.41 mm

H | 88
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

(required)

Max. wall thickness


ts = 12.0 mm
(provided)
7850.
Density of steel ρs = kg/m3
0

Effective thickness of
te = 10.00 mm
penstock

MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS


Minimum thickness of steel
sheet
(K = 508 & D in mm)

Minimum thickness of steel


tmin = 6.52 mm
sheet
ALTERNATIVELY
Minimum thickness of steel
sheet
(D in meter)
Minimum thickness of steel
tmin = 6.45 mm
sheet

ALTERNATIVELY
Minimum thickness of steel
(D in mm)
sheet
tmin = 7.29 mm

The larger value of minimum shell thickness governs for design purpose

Check te ≥ tmin = O.K.

Maximum head Hmax = Hgross + Hsurge

For instantaneous closure

Maximum surge head Hsurge = 283.87 m


(For instantaneous closure)

Maximum head Hmax = 313.87 m


H | 89
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

(For instantaneous closure)

For given closure time

Maximum surge head Hsurge = 32.37 m


(For given closure time)

Maximum head Hmax = 62.37 m


(For given closure time)

Hoop stress

Hoop stress σH = 654.93 kgf/cm2

Check σH ≤ 1.5yield stress = O.K.

PENSTOCK SECTIONS SEC-01 SEC-02 SEC-03 SEC-04


Length of penstock segment m = 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Cumulative length of penstock m = 50.0 100.0 150.0 200.0
Valve closure time sec = 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Hydrostatic pressure kN/mm2 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Overpressure (surge head) kN/mm2 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2
m
Wall thickness = 6.0 7.0 7.0 8.0
m
Hoop stress kgf/cm2 1000.0 969.9 1139.9 1091.5
Check for hoop stress O.K. O.K. O.K. O.K.

Thichness of first 150 m from intake / forebay = 7.0 mm


Thichness of remaining 50 m up to manifold = 8.0 mm

STEEL QUANTITY (Main Penstock)

X-sectional area of steel

X-sectional area of steel As = 0.080 m2

H | 90
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Volume of steel Vs = 15.92 m3


Weight of steel Ws = 125.0 tons
Weight of steel (5% increse for
Ws = 131.3 tons
joints)
Width of steel sheet w = 6.67 m
Length of steel sheet l = 6.0 m
No. of steel sheets n = 34 no.

DISTANCE B/W SUPPORT


(For supported sections only - Not applicable to burried penstock sections)

Unit weight of pipe wp = 625.0 kg/m


Unit weight of pipe full of water wp+w = 1625.0 kg/m

Maximum length between supports

Maximum length between supports Ls = 12.7 m

Change in temperature Δt = 20.0 o


C
Length of penstock section L = 100.0 m

Expansion due to temp. change


Expansion due to temp. change Δl = 24.00 mm

Temperature induced stress σt = 500.0 kg/cm2

VOLUME OF CONCRETE SADDLES (SURFACE PENSTOCKS)


Sloped length of penstock L = 200.0 m
Diameter of penstock D = 2.10 m

Concrete volume in footings

Concrete volume in footings Vf = 910.65 m3

Concrete volume in anchor blocks


Concrete volume in anchor blocks Vab = 601.03 m3

H | 91
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF ANCHOR BLOCK


Height of Block = 3.5m

Width of the Block = 4m

Foundation depth of block = 1m

Pipe diameter =2.1m

Thickness of penstock = 0.085m

Flow through pipe (Q) = 11 m3/s

Pipe thickness = 12mm

Gross Head (hgross) = 30m = Htotal

Upstream inclination in degree (α) = 42⁰

Downstream Inclination in degree (β) = 3⁰

Total Block volume including pipe;

V = (4*4-0.5*0.5*0.4)*3.5

= 55.65 m3

Net Volume of block excluding volume of the pipe;

= 55.65- - 4π*

= 39.21 m3

Unit weight of concrete = 22 KN/m3

Weight of block (WB) = 39.21*22 = 862.62 KN

Weight of pipe (Wp) = π (d+t)*tpipe*γsteel

= π*(2.1+0.012)*0.012*78.50

= 6.25 KN/m

Weight of water (Ww) = 9.81*

= 33.97 KN/m

H | 92
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Therefore,

Wp +Ww = 6.25+33.97 = 40.22 KN/m

Here;

Distance to upstream support pier = 8m

L1u = 4m

Distance to downstream support pier = 6m

L1D = 3m

1. F1U = (Wp + Ww )*L1U*cosα


= 40.22*4*cos (42)

= 119.58 KN

2. F1D = (Wp +Ww )*L1D*cosα


= 40.22*3*cos (42)
= 89.66 KN
3. Frictional force per support pier;

= (Wp + Ww)*L2U*cos (α)


= 0.25*40.22*6*cos (42)
= 44.83 KN/ support pier
Since there are 8 support pier on the upstream side,

F2U = 8*44.83 = 358.67 KN


F2D = 5*44.83 = 224.16 KN

4. F3 = 15.4*Htotal*d*sin((β-α)/2)
= 5.4*30*2.1*sin ((3-42)/2)
= -323.85 KN
5. F6 = 100*d = 100*2.1 = 210 KN

6. F7 = 31*Htotal*(d+t)*t
= 31*30*(2.1+0.012)*0.012
= 23.56 KN

F7U = 31*(30-L4U*sinα)*(d+t)*t
= 31(30-0*sin (42))*(2.1+0.012)*0.012
= 23.56 KN
F7D = 31*30*(2.1+0.012)*0.012
H | 93
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

= 23.56 KN

7. F8 = 2.5* (Q2/d2)* sin((β-α)/2)


= 2.5*(112/2.12)*sin ((3-42)/2)
= -22.89 KN
8. F9 = 0, since pipe diameter does not change.

9. Soil force (F10)


Γsoil = 20 KN/m3 , φ = 30⁰
Bearing pressure = 200 KN/m3, i = 17⁰


Ka =


=

= 0.4

F10 = 0.5*γsoil*h12*cosi*ka*w
= 0.5*20*1.162*cos17*0.4*4
= 20.58 KN
Note: This force act at 1/3 of buried depth of upstream of anchor block;
h1 = 1/3*3.5 = 1.16m

Anchor block force calculation


Forces (KN) X- Component (+ve) Y- Component (+ve)
F1U = 119.58 F1U sinα = -80.01 F1U cosα = +88.86
F1D =89.66 F1D sinα = -59.99 F1D cosα = +66.63
F2U = F2U cosα = F2U sinα =
F2D =224.16 F2D cosα = +166.58 F2D sinα = 149.99

F3 =-323.85 F3 sin ((α+β)/2) = +123.93 F3 cos((α+β)/2) = 299.198


F6 =210
F7U =23.56 F7U cosα = +17.508 F7U sinα = +15.76
F7D = 23.56 F7D cosα = +17.508 F7D sinα = +15.76
F8 =-22.89 F8 cosα = -16.78 F8 sinα = -15.10
F10 =20.58 F10 cosi = +19.68 F10sini = +6.01
WB =862.62 0 +862.62

H | 94
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

SUM ∑ ∑

∑ ∑

Calculate the centre of gravity of the block from the upstream face by taking moment of
mass about O,

( ) ( )
X=
= 1.98m

i.e. the weight of the block WB acts 1.98m from the point O.
Sum of the horizontal forces that acts at the bend;
(∑ – F10)x
1. Expansion case = 401.416-20.58 = 380.836 KN
2. Contraction case = -24.564-20.58 = -45.144 KN
Sum of vertical forces that acts at the bend;

(∑ – F10 –WB)

1. Expansion case = 1600.358-20.58-862.62 = 765.628 KN


2. Contraction case = 1380.62-20.58-862.62 = 497.42 KN

CHECK FOR OVERTURNING


1. EXPANSION CASE
Take sum of the moment about O with clockwise moment as (+Ve)

∑ @O = 380.836*0.2+862.62*1.98+717.158*2 = 3218.47 KN-m


d= ∑
= = 2.0

e= –d= = 0.0

eallowable = = = 0.66m

Since, e < eallowable , which is safe against overturning.

H | 95
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

2. CONTRACTION CASE
∑ @O = -45.144*0.2+862.62*1.98+495.89*2 = 2690.7306 KN-m


d= ∑
= = 1.95m
e= –d= m
eallowable =
e < eallowable, which is safe against overturning.

CHECK FOR SLIDING


1. Expansion case
∑ ∑ ( On soil)

401.416 < 800.179 KN, Hence OK


2. Contraction case
∑ ∑
-24.564 < 0.5*1380.62
-24.564 < 690.31 KN, Hence OK

H | 96
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Design of Support Pier


There are 13 support piers up to the four Anchor Blocks. The angle of inclination of penstock
pipe with horizontal is 42⁰.

The distance between two Support Piers is 6m.

Wp +WW = 6.25+33.97 = 40.22 KN/m

α = 42⁰

F1 = (Wp +WW )*Ls*sin42

= 40.22*6*sin42

= 161.47 KN/m

F2 = F1

== 40.36 KN/m

Weight of Support Pier

Area of front face (A) = A1 + A2

A1 = 2.2*0.8 = 1.76 m2

A2 = 0.8*2.2 = 1.76 m2

A = 1.76 + 1.76 = 3.52 m2

Volume (V) = 3.52*3 = 10.56 m3

Weight (w) = γ*V = 22*10.56 = 232.32 KN

X = 1.1

H | 97
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Support Block Force Calculation

Forces (KN) For Expansion For contraction

X- Component Y-Component X- Component Y-Component

(KN) (KN) (KN) (KN)

F1 * cosα F1 * sinα F1 * cosα F1 * sinα

F1 = 161.47 =119.99 =108.04 =119.99 =108.04

F2 = F2 * cosα F2 *sinα

=29.99 =27.0 = -29.99 = -27.0

W = 232.32

0 232.32 0 232.32

∑ ∑ ∑ ∑

A. DURING EXPANSION OF BEAM

Taking moment about O,


∑ @O = 232.32*1.1+27*1.1+149.98*3.63
= 620.59 KN-m


So, d = ∑

e=| | = 0.58

Similarly;

P=( )(1+ )

H | 98
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

= 269.43 KN/m2 < 300 KN/m2 OK

At Sliding

∑ ∑

149.98 0.5*367.34

149.98 183.67 OK

Thus, Safe against sliding.

For Overturning

0.58

0.58

Hence,the Support Pier is safe against expansion.

B. DURING CONSTRUCTION AT BEARING


Taking moment about O,
∑ @O = 232.32*1.1-27*1.1+90*3.63
= 552.55 KN-m

∑ = 313.36 KN


d= ∑

e=| |
= 0.66

Similarly,


P=( )(1+ )
=
= 249.26 KN/m2 OK

H | 99
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

At Sliding

∑ ∑ (

90

90

Thus, Safe against sliding.

For Overturning

0.6

0.6

(Hence, the Support Pier is safe against contraction.)

Likewise, other Support Pier are checked and become safe.

H | 100
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

BASIC SIZING OF POWERHOUSE STRUCTURE


- MAIN DIMENSIONS

Design discharge Q = 11.00 m3/s

No. of units n = 2 no.

Unit Spacing Us = 10.32 m

Total length of powerhouse L = 35.3 m n x Us x Ra/Sp + K


Length without valve L = 38.5 m

Repair bay floor area Ra


Powehose roof span Sp
Depends on the length requried for K
electric overhead cranes to handle the
last unit in the powerhouse 3 ot 5m

Sp (with valve) Sp = 15.24 m 12+(Q)^0.49


Sp (without valve) Sp = 11.74 m 8.5+(Q)^0.49
Distance from centreline to d/s wall Ds = 5.24 m

Clear height Hc = 9.76 m

Repair bay floor area Ra = 162.33 m2

For high tailwater levels at flood It may be necesssary to provide separate erection and unloading bays
adding considerably to the repair bay floor area.

Repair bay floor area Ra = 121.90 to 152.38 m

L = 35 m
W = 16 m
MAIN DIMENSIONS = 10
H m
Ds = 5 m

Height of powerhouse crance rail= this dimension varies somewhat more than the others, as
other factors influence the height of the crane rail. These include:
The requirement to accommodate a main transformer for unloading in the rapair/unloading bay
or large rise in the tailwater at flood, increasing the length of the unit shaft and thus requireing a
higher crane level.
H | 101
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

The height of the underisdde of the powerhouse crane rail is taken with refernce to the unloading
bay in case the unloading and repair bays are at different elevations.
Thus the crane rail height shall be less with reference to the unloading bay as sufficient height
for equipment erction/assembly shall available on the repair bay. The relationship is derived
Hc (H=Height of theunderside of the powerhouse crane rail above the repair /unoading bay floor

- BASIC DATA

Powerhouse operating floor level = 1066.00 m a.s.l.

H | 102
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

DESIGN OF TAILRACE CHANNEL


- BASIC DATA

Design discharge QD = 11.00 m3/s


m
Channel Invert elevation B.L.1 = 1063.29
a.s.l.
b = 3.66 m
Channel bed width
Depth of flow y = 1.50 m
Free board F.B. = 0.50 m

Length of tailrace channel (Δx) L = 70.0 m


Longitudinal slope S = 0.0015 m/m
Side slope z = 0.35 1V:zH
Mannings 'n' n = 0.020

1065.5

1065 0 1065.3
0.7 1063.3
1064.5 4.4 1063.3
5.1 1065.3
1064 0.175 1064.8
4.89 1064.8
1063.5

1063
0 1 2 3 4 5 6

FLOW & VELOCITY

Mannings equation

Flow area A
Flow area A = 6.28 m2

Wetted perimeter P
Wetted perimeter P = 6.84 m

Top width T
H | 103
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

Top width T = 4.71 m

Hydraulic depth D
Hydraulic depth D = 1.33 m

Hydraulic radius R
Hydraulic radius R = 0.92 m

Flow velocity V
Flow velocity V = 1.83 m/s

Check V ≤ 2.0 m/s = O.K.

Discharge capacity Q
Discharge capacity Q = 11.48 m3/s

Check Q ≥ QD = O.K.

Unit discharge q
Unit discharge q = 3.14 m3/s/m

Critical depth yc
Critical depth yc = 1.00 m

Froude number Fr
Froude number Fr = 0.51

Friction headloss (Manning)

Friction headloss (Manning) hf = 0.11 m

H | 104
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

RATING CURVE

Rating curve at given distance x = 0.0 m (from start)

Rating Curve
1065.5
Elevation Flow
Water Elevation (m asl)

1065.0
1063.3 0.00
1064.5
1063.5 0.47
1063.7 1.43
1064.0 1063.9 2.72
1064.1 4.29
1063.5 1064.3 6.09
1064.5 8.10
1063.0
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 1064.7 10.31
Flow (cumecs) 1064.9 12.70
1065.1 15.28
1065.3 18.04

Bed level at start of tailrace BL1 = 1063.29 m a.s.l.


WL
Water level at start = 1064.79 m a.s.l.
1
Bnak level at start TL1 = 1065.29 m a.s.l.

Bed level at end of tailrace BL2 = 1063.19 m a.s.l. (required)


WL
Water level at end = 1064.69 m a.s.l.
2
Bank level at end TL2 = 1065.19 m a.s.l.

Longitudinal Profile
1065.5

1065.0
Elevation (m asl)

1064.8 1064.7
1064.5

1064.0

1063.5

1063.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Distance (m)

H | 105
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

SURGE CALCULATIONS

SUDDEN OPENING OF INLET GATE

Initial discharge Q0 = 0.00 m3/s


Full gate discharge Q1 = 11.48 m3/s

Increase in water level Δy = 0.49 m

Check Δymax < F.B. = O.K.

CONCRETE VOLUME

Thickness of top slab tt = 0.20 m


Width of side walls at top wt = 0.20 m
Width of side walls at bottom wb = 0.30 m
Thickness of bottom slab ts = 0.30 m
Extension of bottom slab at each
ws = 0.30 m
end
Total depth of tailrace channel hc = 2.00 m

PCC blinding layer (0.1m thick) YES


Top slab NO

X-sectional area of channel (RCC


Axc = 1.79 m2
area)

Concrete quantity in bottom slab CB = 55.50 m3

Concrete quantity in side walls CS = 70.00 m3

Concrete quantity in top slab Cts = 0.00 m3

Total concrete quantity (RCC) CRcc = 125.50 m3

PCC quantity in blinding layer CPcc = 34.02 m3

H | 106
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
Feasibility Assessment of a Hydropower Plant: A Case Study in Lower Mardi River, Nepal

1065.5

1065

1064.5

1064

1063.5

1063

1062.5
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

H | 107
Pokhara University, School of Engineering
APPENDIX B -
DESIGN DRAWINGS
M
ard
iR
ive
r

M
ard
iR
ive
r

M
ar
di
Ri
ve
r
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


Downstream stone pitching(1:2)
Upstream stone pitching(1:2)
3.0 8.0 10.0

21.78
Trash Rack
River Flow U/S Stone apron
River Flow
D/S Stone apron
(M30 design ) (M30 design)
Way
to S
and
Trap

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


3.00 8.00 6.14 10.00

CROSS SECTION OF WEIR ABOUT X-X

28.24
RL1099.1m
RL1099m

14.00

RL1095m

RL1094.34m

Connecting Channel 1.86

61°
RL 1090.1
RL 1089.59m

CROSS SECTION OF WEIR ABOUT Y-Y SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M


0.20

0.20
RL 1094.33m

4.25

RL 1090.08m
1.86
0.30

Connecting Channel

1120 1120

1110 1110

1100 1100

1090 1090
1092.269

1097.987

1097.454

1096.566

1096.482

1096.327

1096.139

1096.864

1096.742

1097.770
EXISTING

0.000
LEVEL (m)
0+000.00

0+010.00

0+020.00

0+030.00

0+040.00

0+050.00

0+060.00

0+070.00

0+080.00

0+090.00

0+100.00
CHAINAGE (km)

CHAINAGE : 0+000.00 - 0+100.00


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

Longitudinal section of Connecting Channel SUBT. BY:- GROUP 9

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1110 1110

1100 1100 1110 1110 1110 1110

RL 1094.33m

1090 RL 1090.08m
1090 1100 1100 1100 1100

RL 1094.33m
RL 1094.33m

1080 1080 1090 RL 1090.08m


1090 1090 RL 1090.08m
1090

1070 1070 1080 1080 1080 1080

DATUM 1060
DATUM 1070 DATUM 1070
1060 1070 1070

1096.749

1096.686
1096.199

1092.280

1089.864

1096.862

1094.893
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)

5.00

5.00
5.00

0.02

5.00

5.00

5.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+000.00 0+020.00 0+040.00

1110 1110
1110 1110
1110 1110

1100 1100
1100 1100
RL 1094.33m
RL 1094.33m
1100 1100

1090 RL 1090.08m
1090 RL 1090.08m
RL 1094.33m

1090 1090
1090 RL 1090.08m
1090

1080 1080
1080 1080
1080 1080
DATUM 1070 DATUM
1070 1070
1070
DATUM
1096.329

1096.139

1095.949

1070

1096.751

1096.742

1096.361
1070
EXISTING LEVEL (m)

1098.065
1097.338

1096.286
EXISTING LEVEL (m)
EXISTING LEVEL (m)
5.00

0.00

5.00

5.00

0.00

5.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

5.00
1.53

5.00
DISTANCE (m)

0+060.00 0+080.00
0+099.96

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- GROUP 9

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


2.
06
l
nne
Cha
ill
Sp
25.00
Y
Side Channel

Sand Flushing Pipe

Overflow Part

Slope 2%
609.0430

X X
Slope 2%

24.00 131.00 24.00

Operator Building

Inlet Gate Operator Building


Rack Cleaning
Machine

Sand Flushing gate


25.00 Outlet Gate
Spill Section
Trash Rack
Iron Steps Iron Steps Headrace pipe
Slope 2%

0.1m Binding Layer


P.C.C (1:4:6)
24.00 131.00 24.00

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- GROUP 9

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


5.70 0.60 5.70

RL 1093.39m
RL 1092.47

0.50
NSL

9.52

14.02
1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1

2.60
RL 1079.97m
60°

0.60 0.50
0.50 0.50
2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60

12.90

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- GROUP 9

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


CHAINAGE (km)

LEVEL (m)
EXISTING

1070

1080

1090

1100

1110
0+000.00 1090.261

CHAINAGE : 0+000.00 - 0+809.83


0+010.00 1089.441

0+020.00 1089.026

RL 1090.96m
0+030.00 1088.926

RL 1093.05m
0+040.00 1088.768

0+050.00 1088.116

0+060.00 1087.590

0+070.00 1086.713

0+080.00 1085.841

0+090.00 1085.320

0+100.00 1084.799

0+110.00 1084.277

0+120.00 1083.756

0+130.00 1084.694

0+140.00 1086.221
L-section of Headrace channel

0+150.00 1086.373

0+160.00 1086.525

0+170.00 1086.640

0+180.00 1086.755

0+190.00 1087.339

0+200.00 1087.923

0+210.00 1087.719

0+220.00 1087.515

0+230.00 1087.310

0+240.00 1087.106

0+250.00 1086.901

0.4
0+260.00 1086.528

0+270.00 1086.070

0+280.00

0+290.00

0+300.00
1085.369

1085.525

1084.608
Plan of Headrace Channel
0+310.00 1084.189

0+320.00 1083.770

0+330.00 1082.699

0+340.00 1082.240

0+350.00 1083.015

0+360.00 1083.791

0+370.00 1085.302

0+380.00 1086.667

0+390.00 1087.583
4.00

0+400.00 1088.498

0+410.00 1088.690

0+420.00 1088.883

0+430.00 1089.075

0+440.00 1089.267

0+450.00 1089.460

0+460.00 1089.652

0+470.00 1089.689

0+480.00 1089.726

0+490.00 1089.413

0+500.00 1089.100

0+510.00 1088.787

0+520.00 1088.474

0+530.00 1088.162
0.2

0+540.00 1087.849

0+550.00 1087.536

0+560.00 1087.223
0.6

0+570.00 1086.910

0+580.00 1086.597

0+590.00 1088.849

0+600.00 1089.602

0+610.00 1088.536
0.4 2.90
0+620.00 1086.801

0+630.00 1085.591

0+640.00 1084.382
DRG.NO.

CHKD.

DSGN.

SUBT. BY:- GROUP 9

0+650.00 1083.254

0+660.00 1082.086
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

0+670.00 1080.746

0+680.00 1079.406

0+690.00 1079.247

0+700.00 1079.169

0+710.00 1078.560

0+720.00 1077.951
DATE:- 2076/

0+730.00 1076.905

0+740.00 1076.136

0+750.00 1075.182

0+760.00 1074.670

0+770.00 1074.652
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.

0+780.00 1074.635

0+790.00 1078.525

0+800.00 1083.823

0+810.00 0.000
1070

1080

1090

1100

1110
1110 1110

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060

1090.732

1090.461

1089.828

1089.930

1089.026

1088.689

1089.167

1088.768

1088.474
1088.333
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

2.33

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

5.92
8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+000.00 0+020.00 0+040.00

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060
1087.892

1087.590

1086.902

1086.888

1085.841

1085.122

1085.845

1084.799

1083.752
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+060.00 0+080.00 0+100.00


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060

1084.803

1083.756

1082.710

1087.235

1086.221

1085.665
1084.891

1088.239

1086.524

1084.810
EXISTING LEVEL (m) 8.00 EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

4.39
8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+120.00 0+140.00 0+160.00

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060
1088.158

1087.176
1086.755

1085.771

1088.700

1087.923

1086.945

1088.292

1087.515

1086.738
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

3.42
0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+180.00 0+200.00 0+220.00


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060

1087.883

1087.106

1086.329

1087.326

1086.528

1085.717

1086.398
1085.646

1084.717
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00
3.88

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+240.00 0+260.00 0+280.00

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060
1086.876

1084.608

1083.964

1084.777

1083.770

1083.120

1084.492

1082.240

1081.545
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+300.00 0+320.00 0+340.00


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1087.033 1060 1060 1060

1084.687

1081.585
1080.721

1088.802
1088.500

1086.667

1084.654
1083.268

1089.187

1088.498
1088.211

1086.305
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

1.84

4.53
8.00

8.00
4.49

0.00

5.16
8.00

8.00

0.00
3.33

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+360.00 0+380.00 0+400.00 1110 1110

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060
1089.572

1088.883

1088.194

1089.956

1089.268

1088.557

1090.341

1089.652
1089.374

1087.931
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00
3.23

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+420.00 0+440.00 0+460.00


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1110 1110 1110 1110 1110 1110

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060

1090.726

1090.161

1087.305

1091.110

1089.100

1086.680

1090.895

1088.474

1086.054
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

1.44

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+480.00 1110 1110 0+500.00 0+520.00

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060
1090.269

1087.849

1085.428

1089.644

1087.223

1084.803

1089.018

1086.597

1087.082
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+540.00 0+560.00 0+580.00


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1110 1110

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1060 1060 1060

1090.564
1090.717
1089.602

1087.342

1089.199

1086.801

1084.919

1085.983

1085.111
1084.382

1082.773
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00
3.80
0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

3.63
0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+600.00 0+620.00 1100 1100 0+640.00 1100 1100

1100 1100 1090 1090 1090 1090

1090 1090 1080 1080 1080 1080

1080 1080 1070 1070 1070 1070

1070 1070 1060 1060 1060 1060

DATUM 1060 DATUM 1050 DATUM 1050


1060 1050 1050
1083.358

1082.086

1080.524

1080.815

1079.723

1078.156

1080.765

1079.217

1077.239
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

2.26

8.00

8.00

0.20

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+660.00 0+680.00 0+700.00

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1090 1090 1090 1090 1090 1090

1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080

1070 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070

1060 1060 1060 1060 1060 1060

DATUM 1050 DATUM 1050 DATUM 1050


1050 1050 1050

1079.515

1078.430

1076.021

1077.742

1076.136

1074.365

1075.975

1074.670

1073.632
1073.295
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00

1.98

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

6.36
8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+720.00 0+740.00 0+760.00

1090 1090 1100 1100 1100 1100

1080 1080 1090 1090 1090 1090

1070 1070 1080 1080 1080 1080

1060 1060 1070 1070 1070 1070

DATUM 1050 DATUM 1060 DATUM 1060


1050 1060 1060
1076.146
1075.585

1074.635

1072.988

1082.840

1083.823

1081.592

1083.706

1083.903

1084.897
EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m) EXISTING LEVEL (m)
8.00
4.62

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00

8.00

0.00

8.00
DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m) DISTANCE (m)

0+780.00 0+800.00 0+809.83


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


62.50

Hand Rail

By pass structure

Headrace Pipe

Slope 1% 38.00
15000.0000

Slope 1%

Trash Rack
A
A

8500.0000
By pass pipe
Spillway

Overflow part
Sediment flushing pipe Spill Channel
Penstock pipe

Spill pipe
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- GROUP 9

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


By pass pipe

11260.6433
Handrail
Spillway

Trash Rack
9.48 Penstock pipe 10.84
Slope 1%
Sediment flushing pipe
Headrace Canal
62.50

Longitudinal section (A-A)

Handrail Headrace Canal


Trash Rack
Gate
8.50
Penstock pipe

30.00
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

Longitudinal section (B-B)


SUBT. BY:- GROUP 9

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


Anchor Block

Saddle support

Penstock Tailrace Canal


pipe(Dia..
2.1m)

Side View ofPenstock and Powerhouse

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


1 16.00

C/L OF UNIT 1 C/L OF UNIT 2


35
1076.00
H.O.T

CRANE

CONTROL BLOCK
1066.00

16.00
800
0.5
DOOR

DOOR

RCC M-25 VALVE

300
1.76 Ø
16

1066.00 UNIT PENSTOCK


3.680

2-nos
1200.

1.80
500 0.50
T G T G

ROLLING SHUTTER
150 mm THICK
P.C.C.M-10

3300
2.560

2.50

3.00
350
150 mm THICK
P.C.C.M,-10

2 D/T GATES
SECTION 1-1
3.00

(SCALE 1:200)
SLOPE 0.0015
TAIL RACE

3.5
2
1

PLAN

0.20

2.00

0.30
3.66
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

Tailrace
SUBT. BY:- BCE,

DSGN.

CHKD.

DRG.NO. DATE:- 2076/ ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN M.


APPENDIX C- COST
ESTIMATE
UNIT RATES (Rs.)
DESCRIPTION UNITS UNIT RATE
Bulk excavation m3 140
Structural excavation m3 270
Fill / backfill m3 150
Stone apron m3 3700
Stone pitching m3 3200
Gabion stones (providing & filling) m3 2900
Rubble stone masonry (1:4 C/S Mortar) m3 3900

Reinforced concrete (1:1.5:3) m3 13600


Rebars steel for RCC (1:1.5:3) Ton 65000
Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 10880
Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 65000
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 4700
Formwork m2 840
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 1300
Joint Sealant Ru.m 870
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 780
Expansion Joint with Pre-moulded Filler / Sealer Ru.m 1370
Cement sand plaster (1:5) m2 510
Hollow blocks each 40.5
Brick masonry m3 16011.84

Steel sheets kg 150


Steel gates kg 100
ɸ 20 mm Galvanized Steel rungs each 1400
Steel Railing Ru.m 3831.04
Trash racks kg 100
Steel doors m2 3400
Aluminium doors m2 5269.24
Aluminium windows m2 5100.24

Dismentling of cofferdam m3 1000


Dewatering, handling and care of water m3 210

Turbine assembly / kw 28500


Generators and transformers / kw 33750
ABSTRACT OF COST

AMOUNT
DESCRIPTION UNITS QUANTITY RATE
(Rs.)
WEIR
33837989.15
Bulk excavation m3 1653 140 231408
Structural excavation m3 6746 270 1821324
Fill / backfill m3 4199 150 629892

Stone apron m3 679 3700 2510450


Stone pitching m3 108 3200 345600
Gabion stones (providing & filling) m3 110 2900 317975

Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 976 10880 10617473


Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 98 65000 6343159
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 56 4700 263440
Formwork m2 3416 840 2869060
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 190 1300 246584
Joint Sealant Ru.m 190 870 165022
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 38 780 29590

Steel gates kg 2920 100 292020


ɸ 20 mm Galvanized Steel rungs each 20 1400 28000
Steel Railing Ru.m 101 3831.04 385249
Trash racks kg 3321 100 332096

Dewatering, handling and care of water m3 30000 210 6300000


Dismantling of cofferdam m3 110 1000 109647
Sub-Total (Rs.) 33837989
CONNECTING CHANNEL
7823269
Bulk excavation m3 372 140 52073
Structural excavation m3 1432 270 386707
Fill / backfill m3 902 150 135315

Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 320 10880 3476679


Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 32 65000 2077060
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 32 4700 151011
Formwork m2 1118 840 939470
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 135 1300 174899
Joint Sealant Ru.m 135 870 117048
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 27 780 20988

Steel gates kg 2920 100 292020


Sub-Total (Rs.) 7823269
SANDTRAP & SPILL CHANNEL
104289742
Bulk excavation m3 3491 140 488790
Structural excavation m3 3150 270 850617
Fill / backfill m3 3321 150 498134

Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 4695 10880 51081342


Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 469 65000 30517346
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 202 4700 947490
Formwork m2 16432 840 13803230
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 1285 1300 1669980
Joint Sealant Ru.m 1285 870 1117602
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 257 780 200398

Steel sheets kg 2184 150 327670


Steel gates kg 4917 100 491724
ɸ 20 mm Galvanized Steel rungs each 47 1400 65800
Steel Railing Ru.m 576 3831.04 2205530
Trash racks kg 241 100 24089
Sub-Total (Rs.) 104289742
HEADRACE CHANNEL
63037237
Bulk excavation m3 5806 140 812851
Structural excavation m3 8709 270 2351462
Fill / backfill m3 7258 150 1088640

Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 2696 10880 29336832


Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 270 65000 17526600
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 454 4700 2131920
Formwork m2 9437 840 7927416
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 800 1300 1040400
Joint Sealant Ru.m 800 870 696268
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 160 780 124848
Sub-Total (Rs.) 63037237
FOREBAY & SPILL CHANNEL
130104019
Bulk excavation m3 3711 140 519555
Structural excavation m3 22267 270 6011992
Fill / backfill m3 12989 150 1948331

Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 5779 10880 62879995


Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 578 65000 37566173
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 286 4700 1342673
Formwork m2 20228 840 16991469
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 705 1300 916177
Joint Sealant Ru.m 705 870 613134
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 141 780 109941

Steel sheets kg 1064 150 159663


Steel gates kg 2787 100 278675
Steel Railing m 185 3831.04 708426
Trash racks kg 578 100 57813
Sub-Total (Rs.) 130104019
PENSTOCK & ANCHOR BLOCKS
34637394
Bulk excavation m3 953 140 133358
Structural excavation m3 4001 270 1080203
Fill / backfill m3 4953 150 742997

Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 631 10880 6866168


Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 63 65000 4102030
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 18 4700 82908
Formwork m2 2209 840 1855380
Joint Sealant Ru.m 84 870 73080
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 17 780 13104

Steel sheets kg 131254 150 19688165


Sub-Total (Rs.) 34637394
POWERHOUSE
197620099
Bulk excavation m3 832 140 116415
Structural excavation m3 4989 270 1347089
Fill / backfill m3 2910 150 436557

Reinforced concrete (1:1.5:3) m3 22 13600 294643


Rebars steel for RCC (1:1.5:3) Ton 2 65000 140822
Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 1112 10880 12100476
Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 111 65000 7229145
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 346 4700 1628425
Formwork m2 3968 840 3333493
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 152 1300 197781
Joint Sealant Ru.m 152 870 132361
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 30 780 23734

Cement sand plaster (1:5) m2 51 510 25864


Hollow blocks no. 38035 40.5 1540418

Steel sheets kg 43172 150 6475754


Steel doors m2 10.5 3400 35700
Aluminium doors m2 10.5 5269.24 55327
Aluminium windows m2 26.25 5100.24 133881

Miscellaneous works L.S. 522217 522217

Turbine assembly / kw 2600 28500 74100000


Generators and transformers / kw 2600 33750 87750000
Sub-Total (Rs.) 197620099
TAILRACE CHANNEL
3432290
Bulk excavation m3 451 140 63123
Structural excavation m3 586 270 158258
Fill / backfill m3 519 150 77777

Stone pitching m3 37 3200 117120

Reinforced concrete (1:2:4) m3 132 10880 1433712


Rebars steel for RCC (1:2:4) Ton 13 65000 856538
Plain concrete (1:4:8) m3 36 4700 167889
Formwork m2 461 840 387419
PVC Water Stop Ru.m 73 1300 95268
Joint Sealant Ru.m 73 870 63756
2-Coats of Hot Bitumen on Contr. Jts. m2 15 780 11432
Steel gates kg 4380 100 438030
Sub-Total (Rs.) 3432290

Total 574782040
Contingencies @ 3% 17243461
Grand Total (Rs.) 592025501
Grand Total (M. Rs.) 592.026
Grand Total (M. US $) 5.382
APPENDIX-D
PHOTOS

You might also like